Form 10-K

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.

FORM 10-K

(Annual Report Under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

Commission File No. 001-16101

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)


Rhode Island		05-0509802

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		(IRS Employer Identification No.)

ONE TURKS HEAD PLACE, PROVIDENCE, RI 02903
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(401) 456-5000

(Issuer’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statement incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer o		Accelerated filer þ		Non-accelerated filer o		Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ

As of June 30, 2009, the aggregate market value of the voting common equity of the Registrant held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price on the Nasdaq Global Select Market ^SM was $72,380,323.

As of February 28, 2010, there were 4,617,594 shares of common stock (par value $0.01 per share) of the Registrant issued and outstanding.

Documents incorporated by reference:

Portions of Bancorp Rhode Island’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Parts II and III of this Form 10-K.

See pages 57 to 59 for the exhibit index.

PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make certain forward looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents that we incorporate by reference into this report that are based upon our current expectations and projections about future events. We intend these forward looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for “forward looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we are including this statement for purposes of these safe harbor provisions. You can identify these statements by reference to a future period or periods by our use of the words “estimate,” “project,” “may,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and similar terms or variations of these terms. These forward looking statements include:

•

statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

•

statements regarding our business plans and prospects and growth and operating strategies;

•

statements regarding the quality of our products and our loan and investment portfolios; and

•

estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in forward looking statements as a result of these and other risks and uncertainties, including those detailed herein under Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, and from time to time in other filings with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included or incorporated in this document, particularly under Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward looking statements that we make. Our forward looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward looking statements.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Introduction

Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. (“we” or the “Company”), a Rhode Island corporation, is the holding company for Bank Rhode Island (the “Bank”). The Company has no significant assets other than the common stock of the Bank. For this reason, substantially all of the discussion in this document relates to the operations of the Bank and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, which include BRI Investment Corp. (a Rhode Island passive investment company), Macrolease Corporation (an equipment financing company), Acorn Insurance Agency, Inc. (a licensed insurance agency) and BRI Realty Corp. (a real estate holding company).

The Bank is a commercial bank chartered as a financial institution in the State of Rhode Island and was formed in 1996 as a result of the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities divested in connection with the merger of Fleet Financial Group, Inc. and Shawmut National Corporation. Headquartered in Providence, Rhode Island, the Bank conducts business through 16 full-service branches, with 12 located in Providence County, 3 located in Kent County and 1 located in Washington County. The Bank augments its branch network through online banking services and automatic teller machines (“ATMs”), both owned and leased, located throughout Rhode Island.

The Bank provides a community banking alternative in the greater Providence market which is dominated by three large banking institutions, two national and one regional. Based on total deposits as of June 30, 2009 (excluding one bank that draws its deposits primarily from the internet), the Bank is the fifth largest bank in Rhode Island and the only mid-sized commercially focused bank headquartered in Providence, the State’s capital. The Bank offers its customers a wide range of business, commercial real estate, consumer and residential loans, commercial leases, deposit products, nondeposit investment products, cash management and online banking services, private banking and other banking products and services designed to meet the financial needs of individuals and small- to mid-sized businesses. As a full-service community bank, the Bank seeks to differentiate itself from its large bank competitors through superior personal service, responsiveness and local decision-making. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC, subject to regulatory limits.

The Company’s headquarters and executive management are located at One Turks Head Place, Providence, Rhode Island 02903 and its telephone number is (401) 456-5000. The Bank also maintains an internet website at http://www.bankri.com.

The Company makes available free of charge through its website at http://www.bankri.com all reports it electronically files with, or furnishes to, the SEC, including its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after those documents are filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. These filings are also accessible on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Overview

The Company, through the Bank, concentrates its business efforts in three main areas. First, the Bank emphasizes commercial lending. The high concentration of small to mid-size businesses in the Bank’s predominately urban franchise makes deployment of funds in the commercial lending area practicable. Moreover, the Bank believes it can attract commercial customers from larger competitors through a higher level of service and its ability to set policies and procedures, as well as make decisions, locally. Second, the Bank has sought to grow its demand deposit, savings and other transaction-based accounts, collectively referred to as “core deposits.” The Bank has stressed development of full relationships with customers, including its commercial customers, who tend to be more relationship oriented than those who are seeking stand-alone or single transaction products. Third, the Bank seeks to leverage its knowledge and customer base to develop related lines of business. Since inception, the Bank has grown its consumer loan portfolio, acquired an equipment financing company, added sales of investment products and begun a private banking group.

In March 2009, the Bank marked its thirteenth year in business. During the past thirteen years, the Company has grown its assets, deposits and customer base significantly and has expanded the depth and breadth of its management team and staff. Also, the Bank has substantially enlarged and improved its branch network and enhanced its operating systems and infrastructure. The Bank was named the U.S. Small Business Administration’s (“SBA”) No. 1 lender in Rhode Island as of the SBA’s September 30, 2009 fiscal year end.

The Company continues to transition from a young, high growth de novo bank into a more mature institution, which seeks to better leverage the footprint it has built and investments it has made. The Company continued to achieve double-digit commercial loan and lease growth in 2009, with commercial outstandings increasing 11.2% from $658.4 million at the prior year-end to $732.4 million at December 31, 2009. Residential mortgages and consumer loans declined compared to 2008 as the Company continued its strategic conversion to a more commercially-oriented balance sheet.

During the year, the Company added $9.9 million to its allowance for loan and lease losses. The provision exceeded net charge-offs by $1.9 million. The increased provision served to strengthen the ratio of the allowance to loans and leases to 1.49 percent at December 31, 2009, up from 1.36 percent at December 31, 2008. Nonperforming loans and leases at December 31, 2009 totaled $18.3 million, up from $14.4 million a year ago. As a percentage of total loans and leases, nonperforming loans and leases ended 2009 at 1.65 percent, compared to 1.33 percent at the end of the year in 2008. The Company believes its net charge-offs and nonperforming loan and lease ratio continue to compare favorably to its peer group, reflecting a culture of prudence and diligence in its risk management practices and business approach.

Competition for deposits remained strong in the Bank’s primary market area. In 2009, the Bank’s core deposits increased by $92.4 million, or 14.9%, which was offset by a decrease in certificate of deposit accounts of $36.3 million, or 8.6%. Overall, the Bank increased its total deposits by $56.1 million, or 5.4%, year-over-year. The increase in total deposits reflects the Bank’s strategic efforts to expand its commercial deposit relationships with existing and new customers and sales of retail deposit products through its branch network and in conjunction with consumer lending programs.

The Bank’s North Kingstown, East Greenwich, Lincoln and Pawtucket branches all continue to make progress. Each of the branches, opened from 2004 to 2007, realized deposit growth in 2009. In the aggregate, the new branches increased their deposits by $15.8 million, or 14.3%, to $110.3 million during 2009. The Lincoln branch experienced the largest increase in deposit balances ($6.2 million, or 20.9%, year over year) while the North Kingston branch, whose deposits aggregated $48.9 million, had the least deposit growth of the new branches ($2.8 million, or 6.0%, compared to December 31, 2008).

The Company continued to proactively manage its balance sheet, resulting in a 4 basis point increase year over year despite declining rates of interest-earning assets. During 2009, the Company realized $61,000 in gains on sales of mortgage-backed securities. Additionally, the Company maintained its quarterly dividend of $0.17 per share throughout 2009.

Noninterest income declined $1.4 million, or 13.6%, to $9.2 million in 2009 as compared to 2008. Deposit service charges continue to account for over half of the Company’s noninterest income, slightly increasing to 58.7% in 2009 from 53.8% in 2008.

While the Company’s efficiency ratio increased from 67.68% in 2008 to 68.76% in 2009, management’s focus on expense control limited the noninterest expense increase to only $1.6 million, or 4.3%, despite increases in FDIC insurance costs of $1.8 million.

During 2009, the Company continued to add breadth and depth to its senior management team with the addition of in-house counsel and senior vice presidents responsible for loan origination and retail banking. The Company also expanded its business development team after successfully adding a position in 2008. The Company believes that these management changes will improve its overall administration as well as promote business development.

Capital Strength and Exit from the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program

In December 2008, the Company became a participant in the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) and issued the U.S. Treasury 30,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share and a warrant to purchase 192,967 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $23.32 per share.

On August 5, 2009, the Company repurchased the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury for $30.0 million plus accrued dividends through the date of repurchase of $333,000 and exited the CPP. The repurchase of the preferred stock resulted in the recognition of $1.3 million in prepayment charges on the discount associated with its issuance. On September 30, 2009, the Company repurchased the warrant for $1.4 million.

While the Company was not required to raise additional capital in order to repay the CPP funds, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) believed it was prudent to assure access to capital on reasonable terms should economic conditions continue or worsen. Also, a commitment for additional capital would provide the Company with increased flexibility in responding to market developments. For these reasons, the Company entered into a Standby Commitment Letter Agreement on August 5, 2009 with a trust of which Malcolm G. Chace, the Company’s Chairman of the Board and owner of more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, is a trustee and beneficiary. Pursuant to this commitment, the Company will have the right, exercisable at any time through February 5, 2011, to require the Chace Trust to purchase up to $8.0 million of trust preferred securities to be issued by a trust subsidiary of the Company. The terms of the commitment and trust preferred securities are more fully described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital Resources.” As consideration for the commitment, the Company paid a $320,000 commitment fee, representing 4% of the maximum commitment.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company and the Bank remained well-capitalized by the standards established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) and FDIC. The Company’s Tier 1 Capital Ratio, Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio were 7.65%, 10.71% and 11.97%, respectively, as of December 31, 2009. The Bank’s Tier 1 Capital Ratio, Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio were 7.54%, 10.55% and 11.81%, respectively, as of December 31, 2009. These capital ratios and requirements are further discussed at “Regulatory Capital Requirements” on pages 11 and 12. The Company’s tangible common equity ratios of 6.87% and 7.15% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, also demonstrate the Company’s capital strength.

Lending Activities

The Bank’s business strategy has been to grow its commercial and consumer loan and lease portfolios while allowing its residential mortgage loan portfolio to decline gradually as a percent of total loans and leases. The Bank has allocated substantial resources to its commercial and consumer lending functions to facilitate and promote such growth. From December 31, 2004 through December 31, 2009, commercial loan and lease outstandings have increased $329.6 million, or 81.8%, and represent 65.9% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2009 compared to 45.4% at December 31, 2004. Consumer loan outstandings have increased $38.8 million, or 23.2%, from December 31, 2004 through December 31, 2009, but have remained fairly consistent as a percentage of total loans and leases. Consumer loans decreased slightly from 18.9% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2004 to 18.5% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2009. Meanwhile, residential mortgage loans decreased from 35.7% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2004 to 15.6% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2009.

The Bank offers a variety of loan facilities to serve both commercial and consumer borrowers primarily within the State of Rhode Island and nearby areas of Massachusetts. Approximately 66% of Rhode Island businesses, 76% of Rhode Island jobs and 76% of the Rhode Island population are located in Providence and Kent Counties. More than 98% of Rhode Island businesses have fewer than 100 employees. The Bank believes the financing needs of these businesses generally match the Bank’s lending profile and that the Bank’s branches are well positioned to facilitate the generation of loans from this customer base.

The Bank’s commercial lending function is organized into two groups. The business lending group originates business loans and leases, often referred to as commercial and industrial loans and leases, including owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, term loans, revolving lines of credit and equipment leases (through the Bank’s subsidiary, Macrolease). The commercial real estate group originates nonowner-occupied commercial real estate, multi-family residential real estate and construction loans.

The Bank’s branch network and business development team also play a role in business lending relationships under $1.0 million. Underwriting, processing and monitoring the bulk of business credit relationships under $1.0 million are supported by the Bank’s lending services group. The lending services group also processes and monitors consumer loans. The creation of the lending services group has enhanced the Bank’s ability to reach more borrowers with the same number of personnel as well as achieve more efficient processing and monitoring of these credits.

The Bank also satisfies a variety of consumer credit needs by providing home equity term loans, home equity lines of credit, direct automobile loans, savings secured loans and personal loans, in addition to residential mortgage loans.

The Bank has tiered lending authorities. Certain senior executives have lending approval authority up to $3.0 million. Extensions of credit to a customer relationship greater than established authority levels (up to the Bank’s house lending limit of $10.0 million) require the approval of the Credit Committee, which consists of members of the Bank’s senior management and one outside director. Exceptions to the Bank’s house lending limit require the approval of a committee of the Board of Directors. Other officers have limited lending authorities that can be exercised subject to lending policy guidelines to facilitate production volume and process flow.

The Bank issues loan commitments to prospective borrowers subject to various conditions. Commitments generally are issued in conjunction with commercial loans and residential mortgage loans and typically are for periods up to 90 days. The proportion of the total value of commitments derived from any particular category of loan varies from time to time and depends upon market conditions. At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $219.7 million of aggregate commitments outstanding to fund loans and leases.

Overall, loans and leases produced total interest income of $59.8 million, or 79.4% of total interest and dividend income, in 2009 and $63.0 million, or 78.5% of total interest and dividend income, during 2008.

Commercial Real Estate and Multi-Family Loans — The Bank originates loans secured by mortgages on owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied commercial and multi-family residential properties. At December 31, 2009, owner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $167.9 million, or 15.1% of the total loan and lease portfolio. Many of these customers have other commercial borrowing relationships with the Bank, as the Bank finances their other business needs. Generally these customer relationships are handled in the Bank’s business lending group. Nonowner-occupied commercial real estate loans totaled $170.1 million, or 15.3% of the total loan and lease portfolio, and multi-family residential loans totaled $66.4 million, or 6.0% of the total loan and lease portfolio, and are generally handled in the Bank’s commercial real estate group. These real estate secured commercial loans are offered as both fixed and adjustable rate products. The Bank typically charges higher interest rates on these loans than those charged on adjustable rate loans secured by one- to four-family residential units. Additionally, the Bank may charge origination fees on these loans.

The Bank’s underwriting practices for permanent commercial real estate and multi-family residential loans are intended to assure that the property securing these loans will generate a positive cash flow after operating expenses and debt service payments. The Bank requires appraisals before making a loan and generally requires the personal guarantee of the borrower. Permanent loans on commercial real estate and multi-family properties generally are made at a loan-to-value ratio of no more than 80%.

Loans secured by nonowner-occupied commercial real estate and multi-family properties involve greater risks than owner-occupied properties because repayment generally depends on the rental income generated by the property. In addition, because the payment experience on loans secured by nonowner-occupied properties is often dependent on successful operation and management of the property, repayment of the loan is usually more subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general economy than is the case with owner-occupied real estate loans. Also, the nonowner-occupied commercial real estate and multi-family residential business is cyclical and subject to downturns, over-building and local economic conditions. See discussion regarding the Bank’s construction lending activities below.

Commercial and Industrial Loans — The Bank originates non-real estate commercial loans that, in most instances, are secured by equipment, accounts receivable or inventory, as well as the personal guarantees of the principal owners of the borrower. Unlike many community banks, the Bank is able to offer asset-based commercial loan facilities that monitor advances against receivables and inventories on a formula basis. A number of commercial and industrial loans are granted in conjunction with the U.S. Small Business Administration’s (“SBA”) loan guaranty programs and include some form of SBA credit enhancement. The Bank utilizes credit scoring in evaluating business loans of up to $750,000. Commercial lending activities are supported by noncredit products and services, such as letters of credit and cash management services, which are responsive to the needs of the Bank’s commercial customers.

At December 31, 2009, commercial and industrial loans totaled $178.8 million, or 16.1% of the total loan and lease portfolio. Macrolease-generated equipment loans accounted for $43.1 million of the commercial and industrial portfolio. Generally, commercial and industrial loans have relatively shorter maturities than residential and commercial real estate loans, or are at adjustable rates without interest rate caps. Unlike residential and commercial real estate loans, which generally are based on the borrower’s ability to make repayment from employment and rental income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be relatively easily ascertainable, commercial and industrial loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the business and are generally secured by business assets, such as accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial and industrial loans may be significantly dependent on the success of the business itself. Further, the collateral securing the loans may be difficult to value, may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business and may deteriorate over time.

Leases — At December 31, 2009, leases comprised 6.1% of the total loan and lease portfolio. In May 2005, the Bank, through its Macrolease subsidiary, purchased substantially all of the operating assets of Macrolease International Corporation, a privately held national equipment financing company based on Long Island in Plainview, New York. With the Macrolease platform, the Bank originates equipment leases for its own portfolio, as well as originating leases for third parties as a source of noninterest income. From time to time, Macrolease purchases leases from third parties. Macrolease-generated leases were $54.5 million at December 31, 2009. Leases sold during 2009 totaled $11.1 million, which generated $326,000 of noninterest income.

In addition to the Macrolease platform, the Bank purchases equipment leases from originators outside of the Bank. The U.S. Government and its agencies are the principal lessees on the purchased leases. These “government” leases generally have maturities of five years or less and are not made dependent on residual collateral values. At December 31, 2009, the commercial loan and lease portfolio included $12.9 million of purchased government leases.

Small Business Loans — The Bank utilizes the term “small business loans” to describe business lending relationships of approximately $500,000 or less which it originates through business development officers and its branch network. These loans are generally secured by the assets of the business, as well as the personal guarantees of the business’ principal owners. A number of these loans are granted in conjunction with the SBA’s Low-Doc and Express programs and include some form of SBA credit enhancement. At December 31, 2009, small business loans totaled $56.1 million, or 5.1% of the total loan and lease portfolio. Generally, small business loans are granted at higher rates than commercial and industrial loans. These loans have relatively short-term maturities or are at adjustable rates without interest rate caps.

The Bank’s underwriting practices for small business loans are designed to provide quick turn-around and minimize the fees and expenses to the customer. Accordingly, the Bank utilizes a credit scoring process to assist in evaluating potential borrowers. The Bank distinguishes itself from larger financial institutions by providing personalized service through a branch manager or business development officer assigned to the customer relationships. Lending to small businesses may involve additional risks as a result of their more limited financial and personnel resources.

Construction Loans — The Bank originates residential construction loans to builders to construct one- to four-family residential units for resale. The Bank also makes construction loans for the purpose of constructing multi-family or commercial properties. At December 31, 2009, outstanding construction loans totaled $23.4 million, or 2.1% of the total loan and lease portfolio. During the construction period, these loans are generally on an interest-only basis.

The Bank’s underwriting practices for construction loans are similar to those for commercial real estate loans, but they also are intended to assure completion of the project and take into account the feasibility of the project, among other things. As a matter of practice, the Bank generally lends an amount sufficient to pay a percentage of the property’s acquisition costs and a majority of the construction costs but requires that the borrower have equity in the project. The Bank requires property appraisals and generally the personal guarantee of the borrower, as is the case with commercial real estate loans.

The risks associated with construction lending are greater than those with commercial real estate lending and multi-family lending on existing properties for a variety of reasons. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by, among other things, often using the inspection services of a consulting engineer for commercial construction loans, advancing money during stages of completion and generally lending for construction of properties within its market area to borrowers who are experienced in the type of construction for which the loan is made, as well as by adhering to the lending standards described above. The Bank generally requires from the borrower evidence of either pre-sale or pre-lease commitments on certain percentages of the construction project for which the loan is made.

Residential Mortgage Loans — The Bank’s one- to four-family residential mortgage loan portfolio consists primarily of whole loans purchased from other financial institutions. In past years, the Bank purchased fixed- and adjustable-rate (“ARM”) mortgage whole loans from other financial institutions both in New England and elsewhere in the country. The Bank performed due diligence procedures when purchasing these mortgages considering the loan characteristics such as debt to income ratio, loan to value ratio, credit score, property type and the level of credit enhancement. Although the Bank has not purchased any mortgages since 2007, the Bank anticipates continuing to purchase residential mortgage loans to the extent its commercial and consumer loan originations are not sufficient to fully utilize available cash flows. With the exception of approximately $29.0 million of purchased mortgages, servicing rights related to the whole loan mortgage portfolio are retained by the mortgage servicing companies. The Bank pays a servicing fee ranging from .25% to .375% to the mortgage servicing companies for administration of the loan portfolios. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 34% of the residential mortgage loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by real estate outside of New England.

Additionally, largely as an accommodation to the Bank’s customers, fixed- and variable-rate mortgages are offered throughout the Bank’s branch network. The majority of these mortgages are transferred to the Bank’s correspondent third parties under precommitments to fund these transactions. However, the Bank does retain a portion of these residential mortgages for its own portfolio. In 2009, fees from these loans originated for third parties decreased to $83,000 from $100,000 in the prior year. Overall, the Bank anticipates that its residential mortgage loan portfolio will decline long-term as it continues to focus its resources on commercial and consumer lending.

At December 31, 2009, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans totaled $173.3 million, or 15.6% of the total loan and lease portfolio. The fixed rate portion of this portfolio totaled $56.7 million and had original maturities of 15 to 30 years. The adjustable rate portion of this portfolio totaled $115.9 and generally had original maturities of 30 years. Interest rates on adjustable rate loans are set for an initial period of one, three, five, seven or ten years with annual adjustments for the remainder of the loan. These loans have periodic rate adjustment caps of primarily 2% and lifetime rate adjustment caps of either 5% or 6%. There are no prepayment penalties for the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.

Although adjustable rate mortgage loans allow the Bank to increase the sensitivity of its assets to changes in market interest rates, the terms of such loans include limitations on upward and downward rate adjustments. These limitations increase the likelihood of prepayments due to refinancings during periods of falling interest rates, particularly if rate adjustment caps keep the loan rate above market rates. Additionally, these limitations could keep the market value of the portfolio below market during periods of rising interest rates, particularly if rate adjustment caps keep the loan rate below market rates.

Consumer and Other Loans — The Bank originates a variety of term loans and lines of credit for consumers. At December 31, 2009, the consumer loan portfolio totaled $206.2 million, or 18.5% of the total loan and lease portfolio. Over the past 5 years, consumer loans have increased by $38.8 million, or 23.2%. Compared to the prior year-end, consumer loans have decreased by $499,000, or 0.2%. The slight decrease in consumer and other loans from 2008 to 2009 reflects the runoff of existing consumer loans exceeding new originations.

Home equity term loans and home equity lines of credit comprised 98.8% of the consumer loan portfolio at December 31, 2009. These loans and lines of credit are generally offered for up to 80% of the appraised value of the borrower’s home, less the amount of the remaining balance of the borrower’s first mortgage. The Bank also offers direct automobile loans, savings secured loans and personal loans.

Asset Quality

The continued weak economy resulted in increased nonperforming assets and net charge-offs in 2009. At December 31, 2009, the Company had nonperforming assets of $20.0 million, or 1.26% of total assets, compared to $15.2 million, or 1.00% of total assets, at December 31, 2008. The Bank made additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses of $9.9 million and $4.5 million during 2009 and 2008 and experienced net charge-offs of $8.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan and leases losses was $16.5 million and represented 1.49% of total loans and leases outstanding. This compares to an allowance for loan and lease losses of $14.7 million, representing 1.36% of total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2008. If current economic conditions continue or worsen, management believes that the level of nonperforming assets will increase, as will its level of charged-off loans and leases.

Investment Activities

Investments, an important component of the Company’s diversified asset structure, are a source of earnings in the form of interest and dividends, and provide a source of liquidity to meet lending demands and fluctuations in deposit flows. Overall, the portfolio, comprised primarily of overnight investments, government sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) obligations, U.S Treasury obligations, mortgage-backed securities (“MBSs”), collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLB”) stock, represents $400.1 million, or 25.2% of total assets, as of December 31, 2009. The majority of these securities are rated investment grade by at least one major rating agency.

Loans and leases generally provide a better return than investments, and accordingly, the Company seeks to emphasize their generation rather than increasing its investment portfolio. The investments are managed by the Bank’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, subject to the supervision and review of the Asset/Liability Committee and are made in compliance with the Investment Policy approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

Overall, in 2009, investments produced total interest and dividend income of $15.5 million, or 20.6%, of total interest and dividend income compared to $17.3 million, or 21.5% of total interest and dividend income, during 2008.

Deposits and Service Charges on Deposit Accounts

Deposits are the principal source of funds for use in lending and for other general business purposes. The Bank attracts deposits from businesses, non-profit entities, governmental entities and the general public by offering a variety of deposit products ranging in maturity from demand-type accounts to certificates of deposit (“CDs”). The Bank relies mainly on quality customer service and diversified products, as well as competitive pricing policies and advertising, to attract and retain deposits. The Bank emphasizes retail deposits obtained locally.

The Bank seeks to develop relationships with its customers in order to become their primary bank. In order to achieve this, the Bank has stressed growing its core deposit account base. Core deposits increased $92.4 million, or 14.9%, compared to the prior year. Within core deposits, demand deposit accounts increased to $204.3 million at December 31, 2009 from $176.5 million at December 31, 2008. Within total deposit growth, the balance sheet mix shifted from certificate of deposits to core deposit accounts. Savings balances declined to $367.2 million at December 31, 2009, a decrease of $13.9 million, or 3.6%, while certificate of deposit accounts decreased $36.3 million, or 8.6%, to $387.1 million at December 31, 2009. Core deposits as a percentage of total deposits increased to 64.8% at December 31, 2009 from 59.4% at December 31, 2008. Overall, total deposits increased $56.1 million, or 5.4%, at December 31, 2009 as compared to the prior year.

As a by-product of the Bank’s emphasis on checking account growth, as well as deposit fee enhancement programs, service charges on deposit accounts, which include nonsufficient funds (“NSF”) fees, have grown over the years and represent the largest source of noninterest income for the Company. Service charges on deposit accounts decreased by $334,000, or 5.8%, from $5.7 million for 2008, to $5.4 million for 2009. Management believes the decline reflects a national trend driven by consumers’ aversion to unnecessary spending. If this trend continues or worsens, noninterest income may remain at or further decline from levels previously experienced. Additionally, in 2009, the FRB finalized changes to its consumer electronic funds transfer regulation (“Regulation E”). The changes limit the ability of financial institutions to charge NSF fees in certain circumstances. These changes to Regulation E will be effective July 1, 2010 and will require financial institutions to obtain consumer consent, or “opt-in”, before charging a consumer for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one-time debit card transactions. Management believes these changes will have a negative impact on noninterest income. There is also legislation pending in the U.S. Senate to further restrict NSF fees by limiting the number of overdrafts for which a financial institution may charge a consumer to one per month with an annual limit of six overdraft fees. If enacted, these proposed changes are likely to have a negative effect on the Bank’s noninterest income.

The Bank generally charges early withdrawal penalties on its CDs in an amount equal to three months’ interest on accounts with original maturities of one year or less and six months’ interest on accounts with original maturities longer than one year. Interest credited to an account during any term may be withdrawn without penalty at any time during the term. Upon renewal of a CD, only interest credited during the renewal term may be withdrawn without penalty during the renewal term. The Bank’s withdrawal penalties are intended to offset the potentially adverse effects of the withdrawal of funds during periods of rising interest rates.

As a general policy, the Bank reviews the deposit accounts it offers to determine whether the accounts continue to meet customers’ needs and the Bank’s asset/liability management goals. This review is the responsibility of the Pricing Committee, which meets weekly to determine, implement and monitor pricing policies and practices consistent with the Bank’s Asset and Liability Committee’s strategy, as well as overall earnings and growth goals. The Pricing Committee analyzes the cost of funds and also reviews the pricing of deposit related fees and charges.

Borrowings and Liquidity

The Bank derives cash flows from several sources, including loan and lease repayments, deposit inflows and outflows, sales of available for sale securities and FHLB and other borrowings. Loan and lease repayments and deposit inflows and outflows are significantly influenced by prevailing interest rates, competition and general economic conditions. To broaden its liquidity sources, the Bank uses such resources as brokered deposits, repurchase agreements and lines at the FRB.

The Bank utilizes borrowings on both a short- and long-term basis to compensate for reductions in normal sources of funds on a daily basis and as opportunities present themselves. The Bank will utilize borrowings and invest excess cash as part of its overall strategy to manage interest rate risk. At December 31, 2009, total borrowings were $350.8 million compared to $320.0 million at December 31, 2008.

The Bank has taken notice of the concerns that have been expressed about the FHLB and its ability to continue to repurchase member stock and discontinued dividends on its stock. As a member of the FHLB, the Bank is required to purchase FHLB stock in association with the Bank’s outstanding advances. This stock is classified as a restricted investment and carried at cost. The FHLB is currently operating with retained earnings below its targeted level and has suspended its quarterly dividend and excess stock repurchases. The Bank will continue to monitor the credit quality of its funding sources, including the FHLB, and the related impact on its FHLB stock.

Nondeposit Investment Products and Services

Since January 2001, the Bank has managed a nondeposit investment program through which it makes available to its customers a variety of mutual funds, fixed- and variable-annuities, stocks, bonds and other fee-based products. These investment products are primarily offered through an arrangement with Commonwealth Equity Services, Inc., of Waltham, Massachusetts (“Commonwealth”). Commissions on nondeposit investment products for the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $776,000 and $745,000, respectively.

Employees

At December 31, 2009, the Company had 240 full-time and 26 part-time employees. The Company’s employees are not represented by any collective bargaining unit, and the Company believes its employee relations are good. The Company maintains a benefit program that includes health and dental insurance, life and long-term disability insurance and a 401(k) plan.

Supervision and Regulation

Overview — The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive governmental regulation and supervision. Federal and state laws and regulations govern numerous matters affecting the Bank and/or the Company, including changes in the ownership or control, maintenance of adequate capital, financial condition, permissible types, amounts and terms of extensions of credit and investments, permissible non-banking activities, the level of reserves against deposits and restrictions on dividend payments. These regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and customers, rather than for the benefit of shareholders. Compliance with such regulation involves significant costs to the Company and the Bank and may restrict their activities. In addition, the passage of new or amended federal and state legislation could result in additional regulation of, and restrictions on, the operations of the Company and/or the Bank. The Company cannot predict whether any legislation currently under consideration will be adopted or how such legislation or any other legislation that might be enacted in the future would affect the business of either the Company or the Bank. The following descriptions of applicable statutes and regulations are not intended to be complete descriptions of these provisions or their effects on the Company and the Bank, but are brief summaries which are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive periodic reporting requirements concerning financial and other information. In addition, the Bank and the Company must file such additional reports as the regulatory and supervisory authorities may require. The Company also is subject to the reporting and other dictates of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Since 2002, changes to SEC rules have accelerated the reporting of numerous internal events and increased the Company’s filing obligations and related costs.

The Company is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”). As a bank holding company, the Company is regulated by the FRB, and also is subject to certain laws of the State of Rhode Island.

The Bank is a Rhode Island chartered non-member bank of the Federal Reserve System. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC. Accordingly, the Bank is subject to the supervision and regulation of the FDIC and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation (“Department of Business Regulation”).

Rhode Island Regulation

As a state chartered financial institution, the Bank is subject to the continued regulation and supervision and periodic examination by the Department of Business Regulation. Rhode Island law also imposes reporting requirements on the Bank. Rhode Island statutes and regulations govern among other things, investment powers, deposit activity, trust powers and borrowings. The approval of the Department of Business Regulation is required to establish, close or relocate a branch, merge with other banks, amend the Bank’s Charter or By-laws and undertake certain other enumerated activities.

If it appears to the Department of Business Regulation that a Rhode Island bank has violated its charter, or any law or regulation, or is conducting its business in an unauthorized or unsafe manner, or that the bank has been notified by its federal insurer of such insurer’s intent to terminate deposit insurance, the Director of the Department of Business Regulation (“Director”) may, under certain circumstances, restrict the withdrawal of deposits, order any person to cease violating any Rhode Island statutes or rules and regulations or cease engaging in any unsafe, unsound or deceptive banking practice, order that capital be restored, or suspend or remove directors, committee members, officers or employees who have violated the Rhode Island banking statutes, or a rule or regulation or order thereunder, or who are reckless or incompetent in the conduct of the bank’s business.

Rhode Island law also requires any person or persons desiring to acquire “control,” as defined in the BHC Act, of any Rhode Island financial institution to file an extensive application with the Director. The application requires detailed information concerning the bank, the transaction and the principals involved. The Director may disapprove the acquisition if the proposed transaction would result in a monopoly, the financial stability of the institution would be jeopardized, the proposed management lacks competence, or the acquisition would not promote public convenience and advantage. The Company is also subject to the Rhode Island Business Combination Act.

In addition, whenever the Department of Business Regulation considers it advisable, the Department may conduct an examination of a Rhode Island bank holding company, such as the Company. Every Rhode Island bank holding company also must file an annual financial report with the Department of Business Regulation.

Federal Supervision: FDIC

Overview — The FDIC issues rules and regulations, conducts periodic inspections, requires the filing of certain reports and generally supervises the operations of its insured state chartered banks that, like the Bank, are not members of the Federal Reserve System. The FDIC’s powers have been enhanced in the past two decades by federal legislation. With the passage of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, the Crime Control Act of 1990, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), federal bank regulatory agencies, including the FDIC, were granted substantial additional enforcement powers to restrict the activities of financial institutions and to impose or seek the imposition of increased civil and/or criminal penalties upon financial institutions and the individuals who manage or control such institutions.

The Bank is subject to the FDIC regulatory capital requirements described below under “Regulatory Capital Requirements.” An FDIC-insured bank also must conform to certain standards, limitations, and collateral requirements with respect to certain transactions with affiliates such as the Company. Further, an FDIC-insured bank is subject to laws and regulations that limit the amount of, and establish required approval procedures, reporting requirements and credit standards with respect to, loans and other extensions of credit to officers, directors and principal shareholders of the Company, the Bank, and any subsidiary of the Bank, and to their related interests. FDIC approval also is required prior to the Bank’s redemption of any stock. The prior approval of the FDIC or, in some circumstances, another regulatory agency, is required for mergers and consolidations. In addition, notice to the FDIC is required prior to the closing of any branch office, and the approval of the FDIC is required in order to establish or relocate a branch facility.

Proceedings may be instituted against any FDIC-insured bank, or any officer or director or employee of such bank and any other institution affiliated parties who engage in unsafe and unsound practices, breaches of any fiduciary duty, or violations of applicable laws, regulations, regulatory orders and agreements. The FDIC has the authority to terminate insurance of accounts, to issue orders to cease and desist, to remove officers, directors and other institution affiliated parties, and to impose substantial civil money penalties.

Deposit Insurance — The Bank’s deposits are insured by the DIF of the FDIC to the legal maximum for each separately insured depositor. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“FDI Act”), provides that the FDIC shall set deposit insurance assessment rates on a semiannual basis and requires the FDIC to increase deposit insurance assessments whenever the ratio of DIF reserves to insured deposits in the DIF is less than 1.25%.

The FDIC has established a risk-based bank assessment system, the rates of which are determined on the basis of a particular institution’s supervisory rating and capital level. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, which became law in 2006, the Bank received a one-time assessment credit of $585,000 that could be applied against premiums, subject to certain limitations. The Bank paid a minimum assessment of $2,000 in 2007, largely through the utilization of this one-time credit. In 2008, the Bank fully utilized the remainder of this credit. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC imposed a 5 basis point special assessment on the assets less Tier 1 Capital as of June 30, 2009 of all FDIC-insured institutions. The FDIC is authorized to levy an additional 5 basis points in special assessments. In addition to the special assessment, FDIC regular assessments increased for 2009. During 2008, financial institutions were assessed rates ranging from 5 basis points per $100 of deposits for institutions in Risk Category I to 43 basis points for institutions assigned to Risk Category IV. In 2009, rates ranged from 12 to 50 basis points per $100 of deposits.

In the fourth quarter of 2009, the FDIC voted to require insured institutions to prepay thirteen quarters of estimated insurance assessments. The estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012 were paid on December 30, 2009. Unlike the special assessment, the pre-payment allows the FDIC to strengthen the cash position of the DIF immediately without immediately impacting bank earnings.

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act became law on October 3, 2008 and provides for a temporary increase in the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. The basic deposit insurance limit will return to $100,000 on December 31, 2013. In addition, on October 14, 2008, the FDIC instituted a Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program that provided for temporary unlimited FDIC coverage of non-interest-bearing deposit transaction accounts, low interest NOW accounts (NOW accounts that cannot earn more than 0.50% interest) and IOLTA accounts (“transaction accounts”). Institutions were automatically covered, without cost, under these programs for 30 days (later extended until December 5, 2008); however, after the specified deadline (December 5, 2008), institutions were required to opt-out of these programs if they did not wish to participate and incur fees thereunder. The Company elected to participate in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAG program”), which was extended to June 30, 2010. The initial TAG program expired on December 31, 2009 unless the institution elected to opt out of the extended TAG program. Under the TAG program in effect through December 31, 2009, an institution could provide full coverage on transaction accounts for an annual assessment of 10 basis points of any deposit amounts exceeding the $250,000 deposit insurance limit, in addition to the normal risk-based assessment. An institution that did not elect to opt out of the extended TAG program can provide full coverage on transaction accounts through June 30, 2010 for the annual assessment ranging from 15 basis points to 25 basis points, depending on the institution’s Risk Category. The Company elected to participate in the extended TAG program. The expiration of the TAG program on June 30, 2010 could have an adverse impact on the deposit levels of customers that are sensitive to full FDIC insurance coverage.

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if the FDIC determines that the institution had engaged in or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed by the FDIC.

Safety and Soundness Standards — The FDI Act also directs each federal banking agency to prescribe standards for safety and soundness for insured depository institutions and their holding companies relating to operations, management, asset quality, earnings and stock valuation.

Examination — The FDIC requires that nearly all insured depository institutions have annual, on-site regulatory examinations and annual audits by an independent public accountant. Management must prepare an annual report, attested to by the independent public accountant, confirming management’s responsibility in preparing financial statements, maintaining internal controls for financial reporting and complying with safety and soundness standards. The audit process must be overseen by an independent audit committee composed of outside directors, provided that the federal banking agencies may permit the committee to include inside directors if the bank is unable to find competent outside directors, so long as outside directors comprise a majority of the committee.

Federal Supervision: FRB

The BHC Act mandates that the prior approval of the FRB must be obtained in order for the Company to engage in certain activities such as acquiring or establishing additional banks or non-banking subsidiaries or merging with other institutions and imposes capital adequacy requirements as described below under “Regulatory Capital Requirements.”

Regulatory Capital Requirements

FDIC Requirements — FDIC-insured institutions must meet specified minimal capital requirements and are subject to varying regulatory restrictions based upon their capital levels. All banks are subject to restrictions on capital distributions (such as dividends, stock repurchases and redemptions) and payment of management fees if, after making such distributions or payment, the institution would be undercapitalized. FDIC-insured banks that have the highest regulatory rating and are not anticipating or experiencing significant growth are required to maintain a capital ratio calculated using Tier 1 capital (as defined below) to total assets (“Tier 1 Leverage Ratio”) of at least 3.0%. All other banks are required to maintain a minimum leverage capital ratio of 1.0% to 2.0% above 3.0%, with a minimum of 4.0%.

In addition, the FDIC has adopted capital guidelines based upon ratios of a bank’s capital to total assets adjusted for risk, which require FDIC-insured banks to maintain capital-to-risk weighted asset ratios based on Tier 1 capital (“Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio”) of at least 4.0% and on total capital (“Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio”) of at least 8.0%. The guidelines provide a general framework for assigning assets and off-balance sheet items (such as standby letters of credit) to broad risk categories and provide procedures for the calculation of the Risk-Based Capital Ratio. Tier 1 (sometimes referred to as “core”) capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, qualifying, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. “Supplementary” or Tier 2 capital includes perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt securities, a limited amount of subordinated debt, other preferred stock, and a limited amount of loan loss reserves. Certain intangible assets are deducted in computing the Capital Ratios.

Prompt Corrective Action Provisions — In order to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions, FDICIA established a system known as “prompt corrective action.” Under prompt corrective action provisions and implementing regulations, every institution is classified into one of five categories reflecting the institution’s capitalization. These categories are the following: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. For an institution to be well-capitalized, it must have a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of at least 6% and a Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of at least 5% and not be subject to any specific capital order or directive. In contrast, an institution will be deemed to be significantly undercapitalized if it has a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio that is less than 6%, or a Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio that is less than 3%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 3%, and will be deemed to be critically undercapitalized if the bank has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

As of December 31, 2009, the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Ratio was 7.54%, its Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 10.55% and its Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 11.81%. Based upon the above ratios, the Bank is considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes.

The activities in which a depository institution may engage and the remedies available to federal regulators vary depending upon the category described above into which an institution’s level of capital falls. At each successive downward capital level, institutions are subject to more restrictions on their activities. For example, only “well-capitalized” institutions may accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval (brokered deposits are defined to include deposits with an interest rate which is 75 basis points (“bps”) above prevailing rates paid on similar deposits in an institution’s normal market area).

The FDIC has broad powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions, depending upon a particular institution’s level of capital. For example, a bank which does not meet applicable minimum capital requirements or is deemed to be in a “troubled” condition may be subject to additional restrictions, including a requirement of written notice to federal regulatory authorities prior to certain proposed changes in senior management or directors of the institution. Undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions also are subject to a number of other requirements and restrictions.

FRB Requirements — A bank holding company is required by the FRB to adhere to certain capital adequacy standards. It is the position of the FRB that a bank holding company, such as the Company, should be a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks such as the Bank. In general, the FRB has adopted substantially identical capital adequacy guidelines as the FDIC. Such standards are applicable to bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for holding companies, like the Company, with consolidated assets in excess of $150 million. If a bank holding company’s capital levels fall below the minimum requirements established by the capital adequacy guidelines, the holding company will be expected to develop and implement a plan, acceptable to the FRB, to achieve adequate levels of capital within a reasonable time. Until such capital levels are achieved, the holding company may be denied approval by the FRB for certain activities such as those described in the preceding paragraph. As of December 31, 2009, on a consolidated basis, the Company’s Tier 1 Leverage Ratio was 7.65%, its Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 10.71% and its Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 11.97%. Based upon the above ratios, the Company is considered “well-capitalized” for regulatory capital purposes.

Basel Accord — U.S. bank regulatory authorities and international bank supervisory organizations, principally the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), continue to consider and to make changes to the risk-based capital adequacy framework, which could affect the appropriate capital guidelines to which the Company and the Bank are subject.

In 2005, the federal banking agencies issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking concerning potential changes in the risk-based capital rules (“Basel 1-A”) that are designed to apply to and potentially reduce the risk capital requirements of bank holding companies, such as the Company, that are not among the “core” 20 or so largest U.S. bank holding companies (“Core Banks”). In December 2006, the FDIC issued a revised Interagency Notice of Proposed Rulemaking concerning Basel 1-A, which would allow banks and bank holding companies that are not among the Core Banks to either adopt Basel 1-A or remain subject to the existing risk-based capital rules. In July 2007, an interagency press release stated that the federal banking agencies have agreed to issue a proposed rule that would provide non-Core Banks with the option to adopt an approach consistent with the standardized approach of Basel II. This proposal would replace Basel 1-A. In December 2007, the federal banking agencies issued the final regulation that will implement Basel II for the Core Banks, permitting only the advanced approach. The final rule implementing Basel II reiterated that non-Core Banks would have the option to take the standardized approach. The rule also allows a banking organization’s primary Federal supervisor to determine whether the application of the rule would not be appropriate in light of the bank’s asset size, level of complexity, risk profile or scope of operations. The Bank is currently not required to comply with Basel II.

In July 2008, the federal banking agencies issued a proposed rule that would provide banking organizations that do not use the advanced approaches with the option to implement a new risk-based capital framework. This framework would adopt the standardized approach of Basel II for credit risk, the basic indicator approach of Basel II for operational risk and related disclosure requirements. While this proposed rule generally parallels the relevant approaches under Basel II, it diverges where United States markets have unique characteristics and risk profiles, most notably with respect to risk weighting residential mortgage exposures. Comments on the proposed rule were due to the agencies by October 27, 2008, but a definitive final rule had not been issued as of December 31, 2009. The proposed rule, if adopted, will replace the agencies’ earlier proposed amendments to existing risk-based capital guidelines to make them more risk sensitive (formerly referred to as the “Basel I-A” approach).

In December 2009, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision released for comment a proposal to strengthen global capital regulations. The key elements of the proposal include raising the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base, strengthening the risk coverage of the capital framework, introducing a leverage ratio that is different from the U.S. leverage ratio measures and promoting the build-up of capital buffers. The U.S. banking agencies are expected to issue a similar version of the proposal later this year. Although any U.S. proposal would apply to banking organizations subject to the Basel II regime to which the Company is not currently subject, the proposal might also impact the Company and other banking organizations. Additional proposals addressing these issues are expected in 2010.

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

The Bank is subject to certain federal statutes limiting transactions with non-banking affiliates and insiders. Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act limits loans or other extensions of credit to asset purchases with, and investments in, affiliates of the Bank, such as the Company, to ten percent (10%) of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Further, such loans and extensions of credit, as well as certain other transactions, are required to be secured in specified amounts. Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, among other things, requires that certain transactions between the Bank and its affiliates must be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the Bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated persons. In the absence of comparable transactions, any transaction between the Bank and its affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to or would apply to nonaffiliated persons.

The restrictions on loans to officers, directors, principal shareholders and their related interests (collectively referred to herein as “insiders”) contained in the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O apply to all institutions and their subsidiaries. These restrictions include limits on loans to one borrower and conditions that must be met before such loans can be made. Loans made to insiders and their related interests cannot exceed the institution’s total unimpaired capital and surplus. Insiders are subject to enforcement actions for knowingly accepting loans in violation of applicable restrictions. All extensions of credit by the Bank to its insiders are in compliance with these restrictions and limitations.

Loans outstanding to executive officers and directors of the Bank, including their immediate families and affiliated companies (“related parties”), aggregated $8.4 million at December 31, 2009 and $9.8 million at December 31, 2008. Loans to related parties are made in the ordinary course of business under normal credit terms, including interest rates and collateral, prevailing at the time of origination for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated persons, and do not represent more than normal credit risk.

Interstate Banking

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 facilitated the interstate expansion and consolidation of banking organizations by permitting (i) bank holding companies such as the Company, that are adequately capitalized and managed, to acquire banks located in states outside their home states regardless of whether such acquisitions are authorized under the law of the host state, (ii) the interstate merger of banks after June 1, 1997, subject to the right of individual states to “opt in” early or “opt out” of this authority prior to such date, (iii) banks to establish new branches on an interstate basis provided that such action is specifically authorized by the law of the host state, (iv) foreign banks to establish, with approval of the appropriate regulators in the United States, branches outside their home states to the same extent that national or state banks located in such state would be authorized to do so and (v) banks to receive deposits, renew time deposits, close loans and receive payments on loans and other obligations as agent for any bank or thrift affiliate, whether the affiliate is located in the same or different state. Rhode Island adopted “opt in” legislation, which permits full interstate banking acquisition and branching.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act

In late 1999, Congress enacted the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“G-L-B Act”), which repealed provisions of the 1933 Glass-Steagall Act that required separation of the commercial and investment banking industries. The G-L-B Act expands the range of non-banking activities that certain bank holding companies may engage in while preserving existing authority for bank holding companies to engage in activities that are closely related to banking. In order to engage in these new non-banking activities, a bank holding company must qualify and register with the FRB as a “financial holding company” by demonstrating that each of its banking subsidiaries is “well-capitalized” and “well-managed” and has a rating of “Satisfactory” or better under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.

Under the G-L-B Act and its implementing regulations, financial holding companies may engage in any activity that (i) is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity under the G-L-B Act or (ii) is complementary to a financial activity and does not impose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. The G-L-B Act and its accompanying regulations specify certain activities that are financial in nature such as acting as principal, agent or broker for insurance; underwriting, dealing in or making a market in securities; and providing financial and investment advice. The new financial activities authorized by the G-L-B Act may also be engaged in by a “financial subsidiary” of a national or state bank, except for insurance or annuity underwriting, insurance company portfolio investments, real estate investments and development and merchant banking, which must be conducted in a financial holding company. The FRB and the Secretary of the Treasury have the authority to decide whether other activities are also financial in nature or incidental thereto, taking into account changes in technology, changes in the banking marketplace, competition for banking services and other pertinent factors. Although the Company may meet the qualifications to become a financial holding company, it has no current plans to elect such status.

The G-L-B Act also establishes a system of functional regulation, under which the federal banking agencies will regulate the banking activities of financial holding companies and banks’ financial subsidiaries, the SEC will regulate their securities activities and state insurance regulators will regulate their insurance activities. In addition, the G-L-B Act provides protection against the transfer and use by financial institutions of consumers’ nonpublic, personal information. The G-L-B Act contains a variety of additional provisions, which, among others, impose additional regulatory requirements on certain depository institutions and reduce certain other regulatory burdens, modify the laws governing the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, and address a variety of other legal and regulatory issues affecting both day-to-day operations and long-term activities of financial institutions.

In granting other types of financial institutions more flexibility, the G-L-B Act has increased the number and type of institutions engaging in the same or similar activities as those of the Company and the Bank, thereby creating a more competitive atmosphere.

Other Aspects of Federal and State Laws

Community Reinvestment Act — The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) and the regulations issued thereunder are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. Under CRA, banks are rated on their performance in meeting these credit needs and the rating of a bank’s performance is public. In connection with the filing of an application to conduct certain transactions, the CRA performance record of the banks involved are reviewed. Under the Bank’s last CRA examination, the Bank received a “Satisfactory” rating.

USA PATRIOT Act — The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”), designed to deny terrorists and others the ability to obtain anonymous access to the United States financial system, has significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act requires financial institutions to implement additional policies and procedures with respect to, or additional measures designed to address, the following matters, among others: money laundering; suspicious activities and currency transaction reporting; and currency crimes.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 — In July 2002, Congress enacted the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) which imposed significant additional requirements and restrictions on publicly-held companies, such as the Company. These provisions include requirements governing the independence, composition and responsibilities of audit committees, financial disclosures and reporting and restrictions on personal loans to directors and officers. Sarbanes-Oxley, among other things, mandates chief executive and chief financial officer certifications of periodic financial reports, additional financial disclosures concerning off-balance sheet items, and speedier transaction reporting requirements for executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders. Rules promulgated by the SEC pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley impose obligations and restrictions on auditors and audit committees intended to enhance their independence from management. In addition, penalties for non-compliance with the Exchange Act are heightened. The Company has not experienced any significant difficulties in complying with this legislation. However, the Company has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, costs in connection with its compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley which requires management to undertake an assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting and requires the Company’s auditors to attest to, and report on, the operating effectiveness of these controls.

Insurance Sales — Rhode Island legislation enacted in 1996 permits financial institutions to participate in the sale of insurance products, subject to certain restrictions and license requirements. The regulatory approvals required from the Department of Business Regulation and the FDIC depend upon the form and structure used to engage in such activities.

Miscellaneous — The Company and/or the Bank also are subject to federal and state statutory and regulatory provisions covering, among other things, reserve requirements, security procedures, currency and foreign transactions reporting, insider and affiliated party transactions, management interlocks, sales of non-deposit investment products, loan interest rate limitations, truth-in-lending, electronic funds transfers, funds availability, truth-in-savings, home mortgage disclosure and equal credit opportunity.

Recent Regulatory Developments

Financial Stability Plan — On February 10, 2009, the Treasury announced the Financial Stability Plan (“FS Plan”), a comprehensive set of measures intended to shore up the U.S. financial system. The core elements of the plan include making bank capital injections, creating a public-private investment fund to buy troubled assets, establishing guidelines for loan modification programs and expanding the FRB lending program. The U.S. Treasury has indicated more details regarding the FS Plan are to be announced at a future date.

Temporary Debt Guaranty Program — The FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program announce on October 14, 2008 also provided for FDIC guarantees of unsecured debt of depository institutions and certain holding companies. The Company elected to participate in the temporary debt guaranty program. Under the terms of this program, the Company was eligible to issue prior to June 30, 2009 up to $27.5 million of senior unsecured debt guaranteed by the FDIC until the earlier of the maturity of such debt or June 30, 2012. Such guaranteed debt would be subject to an annual assessment amount ranging from 50 to 100 basis points depending on its maturity date. The Company did not issue debt in 2009 and was not subject to an additional assessment under the temporary debt guarantee program.

American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 - On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was enacted. ARRA is intended to provide a stimulus to the U.S. economy in light of the significant economic downturn. ARRA includes federal tax cuts, expansion of unemployment benefits and other social welfare provisions, and domestic spending in education, healthcare, and infrastructure, including the energy structure. ARRA also includes numerous non-economic recovery related items, including a limitation on executive compensation in federally aided financial institutions. Under ARRA, an institution will be subject to a number of restrictions and standards through-out the period in which any obligation arising from financial assistance provided under TARP remains outstanding.

Homeowner Affordability and Stability Plan — On February 18, 2009, President Obama announced the Homeowner Affordability and Stability Plan (“HASP”). HASP is intended to support a recovery in the housing market and ensure that workers can continue to pay off their mortgages through the following elements:

	•		Provide access to low-cost refinancing for responsible homeowners suffering from falling home prices.

	•		A $75.0 billion homeowner stability initiative to prevent foreclosure and help responsible families stay in their homes.

	•		Support low mortgage rates by strengthening confidence in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

Overdraft Protection — On November 12, 2009, the FRB amended Regulation E, to limit the ability to assess overdraft fees for paying ATM and one-time debit card transactions that overdraw a consumer’s account, unless the consumer opts into such payment of overdrafts. The new rule does not apply to overdraft services with respect to checks, ACH transactions, or recurring debit card transactions, or to the payment of overdrafts pursuant to a line of credit or a service that transfers funds from another account. We are required to provide to customers written notice describing our overdraft service, fees imposed, and other information, and to provide customers with a reasonable opportunity to opt in to the service. Before we may assess fees for paying discretionary overdrafts, a customer must affirmatively opt in, which could negatively impact our noninterest income.

Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action

Financial regulatory reform continues to be a top priority for the Obama Administration. The U.S. House of Representatives (the “House”) passed the “Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” on Dec. 11, 2009. The U.S. Senate has not yet enacted legislation in this area. The Senate Banking Committee draft bill, “Restoring American Financial Stability Act of 2009” is still in draft form and currently under discussion. Both legislative products focus on measures to improve financial stability, provide for more effective bank supervision, enhance the regulation of consumer financial products and services through the establishment of a Consumer Financial Protection Agency and allow for better coordination between regulatory agencies. The House’s bill would establish a Systemic Dissolution Fund to help wind down financial institutions when necessary. The fund would be pre-funded by FDIC assessments on large financial companies with assets exceeding $50.0 billion, to pay for the resolution of a bank holding company, a systemically important financial company, an insurance company or any other financial company. The Senate Banking Committee’s draft proposal has a similar resolution mechanism and sets the threshold at $10 billion or more.

New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which the business may be affected by any new regulation or statute. In the current environment, the nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory changes affecting financial institutions are very unpredictable at this time.

Effect of Governmental Policy

The Company’s revenues consist of cash dividends paid to it by the Bank. Such payments are restricted pursuant to various state and federal regulatory limitations. Banking is a business that depends heavily on interest rate differentials. One of the most significant factors affecting the Bank’s earnings is the difference between the interest rates paid by the Bank on its deposits and its other borrowings, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, the interest rates received by the Bank on loans extended to its customers and on securities held in the Bank’s portfolio. The value and yields of its assets and the rates paid on its liabilities are sensitive to changes in prevailing market rates of interest. Thus, the earnings and growth of the Bank will be influenced by general economic conditions, the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, and policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the FRB, which implements national monetary policy. Management cannot predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Overview

Investing in our common stock involves a degree of risk. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer.

Risks Related to Our Business

Recent negative developments in the financial services industry and U.S. and global credit markets may adversely impact our operations and results.

During 2008 and the first half of 2009, capital and credit markets experienced unprecedented levels of volatility and disruption. These negative developments in the capital markets have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general and a significant economic downturn in 2009 which has continued into 2010. Loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at most institutions, including the Bank, resulting from, among other factors, a weak economy and a decline in the value of the collateral supporting their loans. The competition for our deposits has increased significantly due to liquidity concerns at many of these same institutions. Stock prices of bank holding companies, like ours, have been negatively affected by the current condition of the financial markets, as has our ability, if needed, to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years. Additionally, there is a potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and financial institution regulatory agencies have been and are expected to continue to be aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the issuance of many formal enforcement actions. Negative developments in the financial services industry and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments have, and may continue to negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations and imposing increased costs, and adversely impact our financial performance.

The continuation of adverse market conditions in the U.S. economy and the markets in which we operate could adversely impact us.

The continued deterioration of overall market conditions adversely affected our financial performance in 2009. A continued economic downturn or prolonged economic stagnation in the U.S. markets and our markets may have further negative impacts on our business. The failure of the U.S. economy in general and the economy in areas where we lend (or previously provided real estate financings) to improve could result in, among other things, a further deterioration in credit quality or a continued reduced demand for credit, including a resultant adverse effect on our loan and lease portfolios and provision for loan and lease losses. Negative conditions in our market could adversely affect our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans and leases and the value of the underlying collateral, which in turn, may negatively impact our financial results.

Current regional and local economic conditions could adversely affect our profitability.

Rhode Island, like many other states in New England and across the country, is facing a mix of growing budget deficits, increasing foreclosures and decreasing home prices. Furthermore, Rhode Island’s unemployment rate continues to exceed the national average and is currently the third highest unemployment rate in the United States.

In order to address the precarious circumstances facing Rhode Island and estimated budget shortfalls in the coming years, the state legislature is grappling with decisions over deep spending cuts in welfare programs and other social services, reductions in the state’s employee workforce and severe cutbacks in state aid to cities and towns. It is also possible that tax increases on both individuals and businesses will be needed in the near future to close the budget gap. These measures, combined with rising unemployment and the general slowdown in the national economy, could negatively impact the operations and financial condition of the Bank’s customers, and thus the quality of the Bank’s assets, as well as the Bank’s ability to originate new business. Additionally, Rhode Island businesses, like many companies throughout the United States, are being forced to deal with ever-increasing health care costs, which may adversely affect the earnings and growth potential for such companies, which may in turn negatively impact Rhode Island’s ability to attract and retain businesses in the state.

Our borrowers’ ability to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent upon the level of economic activity and general health of the regional and local economy. Furthermore, economic conditions beyond our control, such as the strength of credit demand by customers and changes in the general levels of interest rates, may have a significant impact on our operations, including decreases in the value of collateral securing loans. The economic recession has caused significant increases in nonperforming assets, thereby reducing operating profits or causing operating losses. Continued deterioration of the local, national and global economies could result in further increases in nonperforming assets, which could reduce profits or cause operating losses, impair liquidity and erode capital.

Competition with other financial institutions could adversely affect our franchise growth and profitability.

We face significant competition from a variety of traditional and nontraditional financial service providers both within and outside of Rhode Island, both in making loans and generating deposits. Our most significant competition comes from two national banking institutions and one large regional banking institution that have significant market share positions in Rhode Island. These large banks have well-established, broad distribution networks and greater financial resources than we do, which have enabled them to market their products and services extensively, offer access to a greater number of locations and products, and price competitively.

We also face competition from a number of local financial institutions with branches in Rhode Island and in nearby Massachusetts, some of which have been acquired by both local and out-of-state service providers. Additionally, we face competition from out-of-state financial institutions which have established loan production offices in our marketplace, a variety of competitors who seek deposits over the internet and non-bank competitors.

Competition for deposits also comes from short-term money market funds, other corporate and government securities funds and non-bank financial service providers such as mutual fund companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and credit unions. Many of our non-bank competitors have fewer regulatory constraints as those imposed on federally insured state chartered banks, which gives these competitors an advantage over us in providing certain services. Such competition may limit our growth and profitability in the future.

Fluctuations in interest rates could adversely impact our net interest margin.

Our earnings and cash flows are heavily dependent on net interest margin, which is the difference between interest income that we earn on loans and investments and the interest expense paid on deposits and other borrowings. When maturities of assets and liabilities are not balanced, a rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an adverse effect on our net interest margin and results of operation. Interest rates are highly sensitive to factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, inflation rates, flattening or inversion of the yield curve, business activity levels, money supply and the policies of various government and regulatory authorities. For example, decreases in the discount rate by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System usually lead to falling interest rates, which affects interest income and interest expense. Falling interest rates have an immediate impact on the Company’s variable-rate assets, while the Company is generally unable to bring deposit and borrowing costs down as quickly. Changes in market interest rates, or changes in the relationships between short-term and long-term market interest rates, or changes in the relationships between different interest rate indices, can affect the interest rates charged on interest-earning assets differently than the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. This difference could result in an increase in interest expense relative to interest income, or a decrease in our interest rate spread. The nature, timing and effect of any future changes in interest rates on us and our future results of operations are not predictable.

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect our net income and profitability.

During 2008 and continuing in 2009, higher levels of bank failures have dramatically increased resolution costs of the FDIC and depleted the deposit insurance fund. In addition, the FDIC instituted two temporary programs to further insure customer deposits at FDIC insured banks: deposit accounts are now insured up to $250,000 per customer (up from $100,000) and noninterest-bearing transactional accounts are currently fully insured (unlimited coverage). These programs have placed additional stress on the deposit insurance fund. In order to maintain a strong funding position and restore reserve ratios of the deposit insurance fund, the FDIC has increased assessment rates of insured institutions. In addition, on November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule requiring banks to prepay three years’ worth of estimated deposit insurance premiums by December 31, 2009. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that the Bank is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, or the cost of resolving prior failures exceeds expectations, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. These announced increases and any future increases or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely impact our earnings and financial condition.

Changes in customer behavior could adversely affect our profitability.

Changes in customer behavior regarding use of deposit accounts could result in lower fee revenue, higher borrowing costs and higher operational costs for the Company. We obtain a large portion of our fee revenue from service charges on our deposit accounts and depend on low-interest cost deposits as a significant source of funds. In recent years, customers have demonstrated improved cash management, which has reduced the amount of service charges they incur. In addition, competition from other financial institutions could result in higher numbers of closed accounts and increased account acquisition costs. We actively monitor customer behavior and try to adjust policies and marketing efforts accordingly to attract new and retain existing deposit account customers, but there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful.

Our focus on commercial lending may result in greater risk of losses.

At December 31, 2009, 65.9% of our loan and lease portfolio consisted of commercial real estate, business and construction loans and leases, an increase from 61.1% of our loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2008. We intend to continue to emphasize the origination of these types of loans and leases. Historically, these loans have had a greater risk of nonpayment and loss than residential mortgage loans because repayment of these types of loans often depends on the successful business operation and income stream of the borrowers. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than do individual one- to four-family residential loans. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a single one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. Additionally, the primary focus of our business strategy is to serve small to medium-sized businesses and most of our commercial customers are small to medium-sized firms. During periods of economic weakness, small to medium-sized businesses may be impacted more severely and more quickly than larger businesses. Consequently, the ability of such businesses to repay their loans may deteriorate, and in some cases this deterioration may occur quickly, which would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Our allowance for loan and lease losses may be insufficient to cover actual loan and lease losses.

The risk of loan and lease losses varies with, among other things, business and economic conditions, the character and size of the portfolio, loan growth, delinquency trends, industry loss experience, nonperforming loan trends, the creditworthiness of borrowers and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value of the collateral. Based upon such factors, our management arrives at an appropriate allowance for loan and lease losses by maintaining a risk rating system that classifies all loans and leases into varying categories by degree of credit risk, and establishes a level of allowance associated with each category. As part of our ongoing evaluation process, including a formal quarterly analysis of allowances, we make various subjective judgments as to the appropriate level of allowance with respect to each category, judgments as to the categorization of any individual loan or lease, as well as additional subjective judgments in ascertaining the probability and extent of any potential losses. If our subjective judgments prove to be incorrect, our allowance for loan and lease losses may not cover inherent losses in our loan and lease portfolio, or if bank regulatory officials or changes in economic conditions require us to increase the allowance for loan and lease losses, earnings could be significantly and adversely affected. Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease net income. At December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $16.5 million, representing 1.49% of total loans and leases. There can be no assurance that, in the current environment, credit performance will not be materially worse than anticipated and, as a result, materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial position and results of operation.

We may be required to record an impairment charge for goodwill related to acquisitions.

We have acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities through acquisitions. Further, as part of our long-term business strategy, we may continue to pursue acquisitions of other companies or asset portfolios. In connection with prior acquisitions, we have accounted for the portion of the purchase price paid in excess of the book value of the assets acquired as goodwill and we may be required to account for similar premiums paid on future acquisitions in the same manner.

Under the applicable accounting rules, goodwill is not amortized and is carried on our books at its original value, subject to periodic review and evaluation for impairment. Our common stock traded below both our book value and tangible book value per common share at times during 2009. If our common stock continues to trade at levels below our book value and tangible book value per share, we will continue to conduct quarterly impairment reviews. If, as a result of our periodic review and evaluation of our goodwill for potential impairment, we determine that changes in the business itself, the economic environment including business valuation levels and trends, or the legislative or regulatory environment have adversely affected the fair value of the business, we may be required to record an impairment charge to the extent that the carrying value of our goodwill exceeds the fair value of the business. If market and economic conditions deteriorate further, this could increase the likelihood that we will need to record additional impairment charges.

Our operations and profitability could be adversely affected by continued deterioration of the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

In addition to the traditional core deposits, such as demand deposit accounts, interest checking, money market savings and certificates of deposit, we utilize several non-core funding sources, such as FHLB advances, wholesale repurchase agreements, brokered certificates of deposit and other sources. The availability of these non-core funding sources are subject to broad economic conditions and, as such, the pricing on these sources may fluctuate significantly and/or be restricted at any point in time, thus impacting our net interest income, our immediate liquidity and/or our access to additional liquidity. The nation’s Federal Home Loan Bank System (the “FHLB System”) is under stress due to deterioration in the financial markets, particularly in relation to valuation of mortgage securities. Several Federal Home Loan Banks have announced impairment charges of these and other assets and as such their capital positions have deteriorated to the point that several have suspended or reduced their dividends, or eliminated the ability of members to redeem capital stock. These institutions obtain their funding primarily through issuance of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. The U.S. Government does not guarantee these obligations and each of the 12 Federal Home Loan Banks is generally jointly and severally liable for repayment of each other’s debt. We are a member of the FHLB-Boston which in February 2009 announced that, while it meets all of its regulatory capital requirements, it has suspended its quarterly dividend and will continue its moratorium on excess stock repurchase. The FHLB — Boston is currently operating with retained earnings below its targeted level. Should financial conditions continue to weaken, the FHLB System (including FHLB-Boston) in the future may have to curtail advances to member institutions like us. Should the FHLB System deteriorate to the point of not being able to fund future advances to banks, including the Bank, this would place increased pressure on other wholesale funding sources. Furthermore, we are required to invest in FHLB stock in order to borrow from the FHLB System and our investment in the FHLB — Boston could be adversely impacted if the financial health of the FHLB System worsens.

We may experience a decline in the market value of our available for sale securities.

A decline in the market value of our investment securities may require us to recognize an “other-than-temporary” impairment against such securities under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) if we were to determine that, with respect to any securities in unrealized loss positions, we do not have the ability and intent to hold such securities to maturity or for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery to the amortized cost of such assets. If such a determination were to be made, we would recognize unrealized losses through earnings and write down the amortized cost of such assets to a new cost basis, based on the fair value of such assets on the date they are considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Such impairment charges reflect non-cash losses at the time of recognition; subsequent disposition or sale of such assets could further affect our future losses or gains, as they are based on the difference between the sale price received and adjusted amortized cost of such assets at the time of sale.

The current economic environment and recent volatility of financial markets increase the difficulty of assessing investment securities impairment and the same influences increase the risk of potential impairment on these assets. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we incurred losses for other-than-temporarily impairment of securities of $384,000. We believe we have adequately reviewed our investment securities for impairment and that our investment securities are carried at fair value. However, over time, the economic and market environment may provide additional insight regarding the fair value of certain securities, which could change our judgment regarding impairment. This could result in realized losses relating to other-than-temporary declines being charged against future earnings. Given the current market conditions and the significant judgments involved, there is continuing risk that further declines in fair value may occur and additional other-than-temporary impairments may be charged to earnings in future periods, resulting in realized losses.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Since mid-2007, the financial services industry as a whole, as well as the securities markets generally, have been materially and adversely affected by very significant declines in the values of nearly all asset classes and by a very serious lack of liquidity. Financial institutions in particular have been subject to increased volatility and an overall loss in investor confidence.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

There can be no assurance that the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and other government programs will stabilize the U.S. financial system.

On October 3, 2008, Congress enacted the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”). The U.S. Treasury and banking regulators implemented a number of continuing programs under this legislation and otherwise to address capital and liquidity issues in the banking system, including the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the FDIC Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, Transaction Account Guarantee Program and an increase to FDIC insurance coverage for most accounts, among other programs.

There can also be no assurance as to the actual impact that the EESA and other programs will continue to have on the financial markets, including credit availability. The failure of the EESA and other programs to stabilize the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of our common stock.

Mortgage loan modification programs and future legislative action may adversely affect the value of, and the returns, on the investment securities that we own.

During 2008, the U.S. Government, through the Federal Housing Authority and the FDIC, commenced implementation of programs designed to provide homeowners with assistance in avoiding residential mortgage loan foreclosures. The programs may involve, among other things, the modification of mortgage loans to reduce the principal amount of the loans or the rate of interest payable on the loans, or to extend the payment terms of the loans. In addition, the Obama Administration and members of the U.S. Congress have indicated support for additional legislative relief for homeowners, including an amendment of the bankruptcy laws to permit the modification of mortgage loans in bankruptcy proceedings. These loan modification programs, as well as future legislative or regulatory actions, including amendments to the bankruptcy laws, that result in the modification of outstanding mortgage loans may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, the mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and other securities that we own. Additionally, we may experience an increased level of restructured loans in our residential mortgage portfolio.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title.

In the course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, cash flows, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Expanding the franchise may limit increases in profitability.

We have sought to increase the size of our franchise by pursuing business development opportunities and have grown substantially since inception. To the extent additional branches are opened, we are likely to experience higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new branches, which may limit increases in profitability. The ability to increase profitability by establishing new branches is dependent on our ability to identify advantageous branch locations and generate new deposits and loans from those locations and an attractive mix of deposits that will create an acceptable level of net income. In recent years, low interest rates and significant competitive deposit pricing pressures in our market have extended the average timeframe for a new branch to achieve profitability, which has adversely affected our earnings. There can be no assurance that any new and/or relocated branches will generate an acceptable level of net income or that we will be able to successfully establish new branch locations in the future. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing new business lines or that any new products or services introduced will be profitable.

Our growth is substantially dependent on our management team.

Our future success and profitability are substantially dependent upon the management and banking abilities of our senior executives, who have substantial background and experience in banking and financial services, as well as personal contacts, in the Rhode Island market and the region generally. Competition for such personnel is intense, and there is no assurance we will be successful in retaining such personnel. Loss of key personnel may be disruptive to business and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operating history is not necessarily indicative of future operating results.

The Company, as the holding company of the Bank, has no significant assets other than the common stock of the Bank. While we have operated profitably since the first full quarter of operations, future operating results may be affected by many factors, including regional and local economic conditions, interest rate fluctuations and other factors that may affect banks in general, all of which factors may limit or reduce our growth and profitability. For example, the yield curve has been flat-to-inverted during parts of the last four years. Nonperforming asset levels and loan and lease losses have significantly increased since the economic downturn. If weak economic conditions, levels of high unemployment and decreased consumer spending continue or worsen, our operations could be negatively affected through higher credit losses, lower transaction related revenues and lower average deposit balances.

Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented.

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and corporate governance policies and procedures. Systems of controls are based upon certain assumptions and can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that system objectives are met. Potential failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We face various technological risks.

We rely heavily on communication and information systems to conduct business. Potential failures, interruptions or breaches in system security could result in disruptions or failures in our key systems, such as general ledger, deposit or loan systems. We have developed policies and procedures aimed at preventing and limiting the effect of failure, interruption or security breaches of information systems; however, there can be no assurance that these incidences will not occur, or if they do occur, that they will be appropriately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in the loss of business, subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny or subject us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have an adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.

We encounter technological change continually.

The financial services industry continually undergoes technological change. Effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables banks and financial services institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to meet the needs of customers by effectively using technology to provide the products and services that satisfy customer demands, as well as create operational efficiencies. Additionally, many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Inability to keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have an adverse impact on our business and as a result, our financial condition and results of operation.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our business.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Extensive government regulation and supervision have a significant impact on our operations.

We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by various regulatory agencies. These regulations are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and customers, rather than for the benefit of investors. Our compliance with these regulations is costly and restricts certain activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans and interest rates charged, interest rates paid on deposits, fees charged to customers and locations of offices. We are also subject to capitalization guidelines established by regulators, which require maintenance of adequate capital to support growth. Furthermore, the addition of new branches requires the approval of the FDIC as well as state banking authorities in Rhode Island.

The EESA and ARRA are relatively new initiatives and, as such, are subject to change and evolving interpretation. There can be no assurances as to the effects that any further changes will have on the effectiveness of the government’s efforts to stabilize the credit markets or on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry could change at any time. There is no way to predict the effects of these changes on our business and profitability. Because government regulation greatly affects the business and financial results of all commercial banks and bank holding companies, the cost of compliance with new laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry could adversely affect operations and profitability.

Risks Related to the Company’s Common Stock

Our common stock has limited liquidity.

Even though our common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s Global Select Market ^SM, it has less liquidity than the average stock quoted on a national securities exchange. Because of this limited liquidity, it may be more difficult for investors to sell a substantial number of shares and any such sales may adversely affect the stock price.

We cannot predict the effect, if any, that future equity offerings, issuance of common stock in acquisition transactions, or the availability of shares of common stock for sale in the market, will have on the market price of our common stock. We cannot give assurance that sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the market, or the potential for large amounts of sales in the market, would not cause the price of our common stock to decline or impair future ability to raise capital through sales of common stock.

Fluctuations in the price of our stock could adversely impact your investment.

The market price of our common stock may be subject to significant fluctuations in response to variations in the quarterly operating results, changes in management, announcements of new products or services by us or competitors, legislative or regulatory changes, general trends in the industry and other events or factors unrelated to our performance. The stock market has experienced price and volume fluctuations which have affected the market price of the common stock of many companies for reasons frequently unrelated to the operating performance of these companies, thereby adversely affecting the market price of these companies’ common stock. Stock prices of bank holding companies, like ours, have been negatively affected by the current condition of the financial markets. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the market price of our common stock will not decline.

There are limitations on our ability to pay dividends.

Our ability to pay dividends is subject to the financial condition of the Bank, as well as other business considerations. Payment of dividends by the Company is also restricted by statutory limitations. These limitations could have the effect of reducing the amount of dividends we can declare.

Certain Anti-Takeover measures affect the ability of shareholders to effect takeover transactions.

We are subject to the Rhode Island Business Combination Act which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits business combinations involving certain shareholders of publicly held corporations for a period of five years after such shareholders acquire 10% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation. In addition, our Articles of Incorporation and By-laws, among other things, provide that, in addition to any vote required by law, the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the holders of our voting stock, voting as a single class, is required for approval of all business combinations.

Our Board also has the authority, without further action by shareholders, to issue additional preferred stock in one or more series and to fix by resolution the rights, preferences and privileges of such series to the extent permitted by law. Our Board could designate certain rights and privileges for such preferred stock which would discourage unsolicited tender offers or takeover proposals or have anti-takeover effects. Our Articles also provide for three classes of directors to be elected for staggered three year terms, which make it more difficult to change the composition of our Board. All of these provisions may make it more difficult to effect a takeover transaction.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Bank presently has a network of 16 branch offices located in Providence, Kent and Washington Counties. Eight of these branch office facilities are owned and eight are leased. Facilities are generally leased for a period of one to 20 years with renewal options. The termination of any short-term lease would not have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Bank. The Company’s offices are in good physical condition and are considered appropriate to meet the banking needs of the Bank’s customers.

The following are the locations of the Bank’s offices:

Size

Year Opened

Owned or

Lease

Location

(Square feet)

or Acquired

Leased

Expiration Date

Branch offices:

1047 Park Avenue, Cranston, RI

4,700

1996

Owned

Not Applicable

383 Atwood Avenue, Cranston, RI

4,700

1996

Owned

Not Applicable

1269 South County Trail, East Greenwich, RI

2,600

2005

Leased

5/31/25

999 South Broadway, East Providence, RI

3,200

1996

Leased

11/30/12

195 Taunton Avenue, East Providence, RI

3,100

1996

Leased

12/31/10

1440 Hartford Avenue, Johnston, RI

4,700

1996

Land Leased

12/31/12

625 G. Washington Highway, Lincoln, RI

1,000

2005

Owned

Not Applicable

1140 Ten Rod Road, North Kingstown, RI

4,000

2004

Land Leased

6/30/18

499 Smithfield Avenue, Pawtucket, RI

3,500

2007

Land Leased

5/31/21

One Turks Head Place, Providence, RI

5,000

1996

Leased

4/30/14

165 Pitman Street, Providence, RI

3,300

1998

Leased

10/31/13

445 Putnam Pike, Smithfield, RI

3,500

1996

Leased

7/31/19

1062 Centerville Road, Warwick, RI

2,600

1996

Owned

Not Applicable

1300 Warwick Avenue, Warwick, RI

4,200

1996

Leased

6/30/14

2975 West Shore Road, Warwick, RI

3,500

2000

Leased

3/31/14

1175 Cumberland Hill Road, Woonsocket, RI

3,300

1998

Owned

Not Applicable

Administrative and operational offices:

2104 Plainfield Pike, Cranston, RI

700

2002

Owned

Not Applicable

625 G. Washington Highway, Lincoln, RI

23,600

2003

Owned

Not Applicable

One Turks Head Place, Providence, RI

20,600

1999

Leased

6/30/14

One Ames Court, Plainview, NY

4,400

2005

Leased

1/31/13

Planned branch offices:

40 Newport Avenue, East Providence, RI

)

Not Applicable

Leased

12/31/17


(A)		Facility currently under construction or in planning.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is involved only in routine litigation incidental to the business of banking, none of which the Company’s management expects to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Common Stock Prices and Dividends — Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market ^SM under the symbol “BARI.” The following table sets forth certain information regarding our common stock for the periods indicated.


	Stock Price				Dividend
	High		Low		Paid
2008:
First Quarter	$	37.15	$	30.70	$	0.16
Second Quarter		38.13		28.05		0.16
Third Quarter		32.00		26.00		0.17
Fourth Quarter		30.00		19.05		0.17

2009:
First Quarter	$	21.88	$	15.44	$	0.17
Second Quarter		21.97		17.50		0.17
Third Quarter		27.00		19.40		0.17
Fourth Quarter		27.00		24.50		0.17

As of February 28, 2010, there were 100 holders of record of our common stock (which does not reflect shareholders with beneficial ownership in shares held in nominee name).

Stock Repurchase Program — The Company has maintained a stock repurchase program authorized by the Company’s board of directors, which has enabled the Company to proactively manage its capital position. The program, which was initially approved on April 18, 2006, authorized the Company to repurchase up to 245,000 shares of its common stock from time to time through open market or privately negotiated purchases. On November 26, 2007, the Company expanded the stock repurchase program to 345,000 shares and also adopted a written purchase plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company concluded its repurchase program during the first quarter of 2008.

In February 2008 and January 2009, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer delivered 7,450 and 12,500 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock to satisfy the exercise price for 20,000 stock options exercised each in 2008 and 2009. The shares delivered were valued at $33.30 and $20.30 per share, respectively. The Chief Executive Officer paid the balance of the exercise price and all taxes in cash. The delivered shares are included with treasury stock in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following graph and table show changes in the value of $100 invested on December 31, 2004 through December 31, 2009 in our common stock, the SNL Bank $1 Billion to $5 Billion Index and the Russell 3000 Index. The investment values are based on share price appreciation plus dividends paid in cash, assuming that dividends were reinvested on the date they were paid.


	*Period Ending*
*Index*	12/31/04		12/31/05		12/31/06		12/31/07		12/31/08		12/31/09
Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc.		100.00		85.39		112.71		90.42		57.39		71.64
Russell 3000		100.00		106.12		122.80		129.11		80.94		103.88
SNL Bank $1B-$5B Index		100.00		98.29		113.74		82.85		68.72		49.26

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table represents selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, appearing elsewhere herein.


	As of and for the
	year ended December 31,
	2009			2008 (b)			2007 (b)			2006 (b)			2005 (b)
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Statements of operations data:
Interest income	$	75,277		$	80,298		$	86,070		$	81,202		$	69,520
Interest expense		26,955			34,930			44,826			38,974			26,619

Net interest income		48,322			45,368			41,244			42,228			42,901
Provision for loan and lease losses		9,917			4,520			700			1,202			1,423
Noninterest income		9,165			10,609			10,785			8,988			9,274
Noninterest expense		39,529			37,886			38,025			38,727			36,343

Income before taxes		8,041			13,571			13,304			11,287			14,409
Income taxes		2,502			4,427			4,259			3,576			4,840

Net income		5,539			9,144			9,045			7,711			9,569

Preferred stock dividends		(892	)		(50	)		—			—			—
Prepayment charges and accretion of preferred stock discount		(1,405	)		(8	)		—			—			—

Net income applicable to common shares	$	3,242		$	9,086		$	9,045		$	7,711		$	9,569


Per share data:
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.71		$	1.99		$	1.89		$	1.62		$	2.14
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.70		$	1.96		$	1.84		$	1.57		$	2.04
Dividends per common share	$	0.68		$	0.66		$	0.62		$	0.60		$	0.60
Dividend pay-out ratio		97.1	%		33.7	%		33.7	%		38.2	%		29.4	%
Book value per share of common stock	$	26.16		$	26.34		$	24.68		$	23.28		$	22.11
Tangible book value per share of common stock	$	23.50		$	23.71		$	22.10		$	20.92		$	19.72
Average common shares outstanding — basic		4,604,308			4,561,396			4,793,055			4,766,854			4,478,081
Average common shares outstanding — diluted		4,626,434			4,631,208			4,918,763			4,920,569			4,697,134
Balance sheet data:
Total assets	$	1,589,946		$	1,528,178		$	1,476,323		$	1,478,303		$	1,441,986
Available for sale securities		381,839			326,406			335,181			343,887			385,817
Total loans and leases receivable		1,111,847			1,077,742			1,038,132			1,004,292			950,806
Allowance for loan and lease losses		16,536			14,664			12,619			12,377			11,665
Goodwill, net		12,239			12,019			11,772			11,317			11,234
Deposits		1,098,284			1,042,192			1,014,780			1,016,423			980,969
Borrowings		350,757			320,015			331,703			337,097			344,769
Total shareholders’ equity		120,661			149,090			112,593			111,570			104,317
Common shareholders’ equity		120,661			120,495			112,593			111,570			104,317
Average balance sheet data:
Total assets	$	1,558,278		$	1,484,071		$	1,468,778		$	1,451,163		$	1,346,714
Available for sale securities		362,706			335,132			342,333			372,433			340,715
Total loans and leases receivable		1,107,640			1,052,552			1,014,951			980,598			916,273
Allowance for loan and lease losses		16,159			13,350			12,503			12,002			11,560
Goodwill, net		12,055			11,982			11,318			11,290			11,067
Deposits		1,073,366			1,018,510			1,010,162			965,194			928,374
Borrowings		333,866			332,602			326,398			362,721			306,344
Total shareholders’ equity		139,551			115,977			114,357			106,359			95,407
Common shareholders’ equity		121,911			113,668			114,357			106,359			95,407
Operating ratios:
Interest rate spread		2.85	%		2.72	%		2.29	%		2.50	%		2.92	%
Net interest margin		3.25	%		3.21	%		2.96	%		3.06	%		3.35	%
Efficiency ratio (a)		68.76	%		67.68	%		73.08	%		75.62	%		69.66	%
Return on assets		0.36	%		0.62	%		0.62	%		0.53	%		0.71	%
Return on common equity		2.66	%		7.99	%		7.91	%		7.25	%		10.03	%
Tangible common equity ratio		6.87	%		7.15	%		6.88	%		6.83	%		6.51	%
Asset quality ratios:
Nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases		1.65	%		1.33	%		0.40	%		0.14	%		0.04	%
Nonperforming assets to total assets		1.26	%		1.00	%		0.28	%		0.10	%		0.03	%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans and leases		90.29	%		102.05	%		304.15	%		875.94	%		2,810.84	%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases		1.49	%		1.36	%		1.22	%		1.23	%		1.23	%
Net loans and leases charged-off to average loans and leases		0.73	%		0.24	%		0.05	%		0.05	%		0.13	%


	As of and for the
	year ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
	(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Capital ratios:
Average common shareholders’ equity to average total assets		7.82	%		7.66	%		7.79	%		7.33	%		7.08	%
Tier I leverage ratio		7.65	%		10.04	%		7.87	%		8.37	%		8.21	%
Tier I risk-based capital ratio		10.71	%		14.23	%		11.06	%		12.05	%		12.62	%
Total risk-based capital ratio		11.97	%		15.48	%		12.28	%		13.27	%		13.87	%


(a)		Calculated by dividing total noninterest expenses by net interest income plus noninterest income.

(b)		December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 balances reflect an immaterial correction of an error recorded as of January 1, 2005 related to income taxes. The correction reduced retained earnings by $515,000, prepaid expenses and other assets by $796,000 and other liabilities by $281,000.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction

Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc., a Rhode Island corporation, is the holding company for Bank Rhode Island. The Company has no significant assets other than the common stock of the Bank. For this reason, substantially all of the discussion in this document relates to the operations of the Bank and its subsidiaries.

The Bank is a commercial bank chartered as a financial institution in the State of Rhode Island. The Bank pursues a community banking mission and is principally engaged in providing banking products and services to businesses and individuals in Rhode Island and nearby areas of Massachusetts. The Bank is subject to competition from a variety of traditional and nontraditional financial service providers both within and outside of Rhode Island. The Bank offers its customers a wide range of business, commercial real estate, consumer and residential loans and leases, deposit products, nondeposit investment products, cash management, private banking and other banking products and services designed to meet the financial needs of individuals and small- to mid-sized businesses. The Bank also offers both commercial and consumer on-line banking products and maintains a web site at http://www.bankri.com. The Company and Bank are subject to the regulations of certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC, subject to regulatory limits. The Bank is also a member of the FHLB.

Overview

In 2009, the Company continued its balance sheet conversion to a more commercial profile. The Company increased its commercial loan and lease portfolio by 11.2% and improved its net interest income. As a result of higher operating costs, including provisions to the loan and leases loss reserve, FDIC insurance costs and the Company’s participation in the CPP program, diluted EPS decreased to $0.70 in 2009 from $1.96 in 2008. For a fuller narrative commentary on these matters, refer to Item 1, “Business.”

The primary drivers of the Company’s operating income are net interest income, which is strongly affected by the net yield on interest-earning assets (“net interest margin”) and the quality of the Company’s assets.

The Company’s net interest income represents the difference between its interest income and its cost of funds. Interest income depends on the amount of interest-earning assets outstanding during the year and the interest rates earned thereon. Cost of funds is a function of the average amount of deposits and borrowed money outstanding during the year and the interest rates paid thereon. Net interest spread is the difference between the average rate earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin generally exceeds the net interest spread as a portion of interest-earning assets are funded by various noninterest-bearing sources (primarily noninterest-bearing deposits and shareholders’ equity). The increases (decreases) in the components of interest income and interest expense, expressed in terms of fluctuation in average volume and rate, are summarized in the Rate/Volume Analysis table shown on page 33. Information as to the components of interest income and interest expense and average rates is provided under “Average Balances, Yields and Costs” on page 32.

Because the Company’s assets are not identical in duration and in repricing dates to its liabilities, the spread between the two is vulnerable to changes in market interest rates as well as the overall shape of the yield curve. These vulnerabilities are inherent to the business of banking and are commonly referred to as “interest rate risk.” How to measure interest rate risk and, once measured, how much risk to take are based on numerous assumptions and other subjective judgments. See discussion under “Asset and Liability Management” on page 52.

The quality of the Company’s assets also influences its earnings. Loans and leases that are not being paid on a timely basis and exhibit other weaknesses can result in the loss of principal and/or loss of interest income. Additionally, the Company must make timely provisions to its allowance for loan and lease losses based on estimates of probable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio; these additions, which are charged against earnings, are necessarily greater when greater probable losses are expected. Further, the Company will incur expenses as a result of resolving troubled assets. All of these form the “credit risk” that the Company takes on in the ordinary course of its business and is further discussed under “Financial Condition — Asset Quality” on page 41.

The Company’s business strategy has been to concentrate its asset generation efforts on commercial and consumer loans and its deposit generation efforts on checking and savings accounts. These deposit accounts are commonly referred to as “core deposit accounts.” This strategy is based on the Company’s belief that it can distinguish itself from its larger competitors, and indeed attract customers from them, through a higher level of service and through its ability to set policies and procedures, as well as make decisions, locally. The loan and deposit products referenced also tend to be geared more toward customers who are relationship oriented than those who are seeking stand-alone or single transaction products. The Company believes that its service-oriented approach enables it to compete successfully for relationship-oriented customers. Additionally, the Company is predominantly an urban franchise with a high concentration of businesses making deployment of funds in the commercial lending area practicable. Commercial loans are attractive, among other reasons, because of their higher yields. Similarly, core deposits are attractive because of their generally lower interest cost and potential for fee income.

The deposit market in Rhode Island is highly concentrated. The State’s three largest banks have an aggregate market share of 84% (based upon June 2009 FDIC statistics, excluding one bank that draws its deposits primarily from the internet) in Providence and Kent Counties, the Bank’s primary marketplace. Competition for loans and deposits remains intense. This competition has resulted in considerable advertising and promotional product offerings by competitors, including print, radio and television media.

The Company also seeks to leverage business opportunities presented by its customer base, franchise footprint and resources. In 2005, the Bank completed the acquisition of an equipment financing company located in Long Island, New York (“Macrolease”) and formed a private banking division. Historically, the Bank has used the Macrolease platform to generate additional income by originating equipment loans and leases for third parties and to grow the loan and lease portfolio. Due to the lack of purchasers in the market for these loans and leases, the Macrolease portfolio has grown to approximately $100.0 million as of December 31, 2009. Currently, the Bank seeks to maintain the level of Macrolease-generated loans and leases, as well as to generate additional income by originating equipment loans and leases for third parties as opportunities arise.

In 2009, approximately 84.1% of the Company’s total revenues (defined as net interest income plus noninterest income) were derived from its net interest income compared to 81.0% in 2008. In a continuing effort to diversify its sources of revenue, the Company has sought to expand its sources of noninterest income (primarily fees and charges for products and services the Bank offers). Service charges on deposit accounts remain the largest component of noninterest income.

In 2009, the Bank experienced an overall increase in net interest margin, as the 2009 net interest margin of 3.25% was 4 basis points (“bps”) higher than the 2008 net interest margin of 3.21%.

The future operating results of the Company will depend on the ability to maintain net interest margin, while minimizing exposure to credit risk, along with increasing sources of noninterest income, while controlling the growth of noninterest or operating expenses.

Critical Accounting Policies

Accounting policies involving significant judgments and assumptions by management, which have, or could have, a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or net income, are considered critical accounting policies. The Company considers the following to be its critical accounting policies: allowance for loan and lease losses, review of goodwill for impairment, valuation of available for sale securities and income taxes. There have been no significant changes in the methods or assumptions used in accounting policies that require material estimates or assumptions.

Allowance for loan and lease losses

Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan and lease losses necessarily involves a significant degree of judgment. First and foremost in arriving at an appropriate allowance is the creation and maintenance of a risk rating system that accurately classifies all loans, leases and commitments into varying categories by degree of credit risk. Such a system also establishes a level of allowance associated with each category of loans and requires early identification and reclassification of deteriorating credits. Besides numerous subjective judgments as to the number of categories, appropriate level of allowance with respect to each category and judgments as to categorization of any individual loan or lease, additional subjective judgments are involved when ascertaining the probability as well as the extent of any probable losses. The Company’s ongoing evaluation process includes a formal analysis of the allowance each quarter, which considers, among other factors, the character and size of the loan and lease portfolio, business and economic conditions, loan growth, delinquency trends, nonperforming loan trends, charge-off experience and other asset quality factors. These factors are based on observable information, as well as subjective assessment and interpretation.

Nonperforming commercial, commercial real estate and small business loans and leases in excess of a specified dollar amount are deemed to be “impaired.” The estimated reserves necessary for each of these credits is determined by reviewing the fair value of the collateral if collateral dependent, the present value of expected future cash flows, or where available, the observable market price of the loans. Provisions for losses on the remaining commercial, commercial real estate, small business, residential mortgage and consumer loans and leases are based on pools of similar loans or leases using a combination of payment status, historical loss experience, industry loss experience, market economic factors, delinquency rates and qualitative adjustments.

While management evaluates currently available information in establishing the allowance for loan and lease losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making evaluations. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review a financial institution’s allowance for loan and lease losses and carrying amounts of other real estate owned. Such agencies may require the financial institution to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Review of goodwill for impairment

In March 1996, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Fleet Financial Group, Inc. and related entities. This acquisition was accounted for utilizing the purchase method of accounting and generated $17.5 million of goodwill. This goodwill was amortized in the years prior to 2002, resulting in a net balance of $10.8 million on the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2001. Effective January 1, 2002, in accordance with newly issued U.S. GAAP requirements, the Company ceased amortizing this goodwill and currently reviews it at least annually for impairment.

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of the Company to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of the Company exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not deemed to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, a further analysis is required to determine the amount of impairment, if any. The fair value of the Company was determined using market value comparisons for similar institutions, such as price to earnings multiples, price to book value multiples and price to tangible book value multiples. The fair value determined was compared to the Company’s market capitalization as an assessment of the appropriateness of the fair value estimates. The comparison indicated a control premium (the premium a market participant would pay to own an entire company rather than a piece of a company) of less than 10.0%, which is within the range of control premiums observed in the market place. The Company’s valuation technique utilizes verifiable market multiples, as well as subjective assessment and interpretation. The application of different market multiples, or changes in judgment as to which market transactions are reflective of the Company’s specific characteristics, could affect the conclusions reached regarding possible impairment. In the event that the Company was to determine that its goodwill was impaired, the recognition of an impairment charge could have an adverse impact on its results of operations in the period that the impairment occurred or on its financial position.

Valuation of available for sale securities

Debt securities can be classified as trading, available for sale or held-to-maturity. Securities are classified as trading and carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings, if they are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the near term. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost only if the Company has the positive intent and the ability to hold these securities to maturity. Securities not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of estimated income taxes. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, all of the Company’s investment securities were classified as available for sale.

The Company performs regular analysis on the available for sale securities portfolio to determine whether a decline in fair value indicates that an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. Management considers various factors in making these determinations including the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, projected future cash flows, credit subordination and the creditworthiness, capital adequacy and near-term prospects of the issuers. Management also considers capital adequacy, interest rate risk, liquidity and business plans in assessing whether it is more likely than not that the Company will sell or be required to sell the securities before recovery.

If the Company determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary and that it is more likely than not that the Company will not sell or be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, the credit portion of the impairment loss is recognized in earnings and the noncredit portion is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. The credit portion of the other-than-temporary impairment represents the difference between the amortized cost and the present value of the expected future cash flows of the security. If the Company determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary and it is more likely than not that the Company will sell or be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, the entire difference between the amortized cost and the fair value of the security will be recognized in earnings. Continued adverse or further deteriorated economic and market conditions could result in additional losses from other-than-temporary impairment.

Income taxes

Certain areas of accounting for income taxes require management’s judgment, including determining the expected realization of deferred tax assets and the adequacy of liabilities for uncertain tax positions. Judgments are made regarding various tax positions, which are often subjective and involve assumptions about items that are inherently uncertain. If actual factors and conditions differ materially from estimates made by management, the actual realization of the net deferred tax assets or liabilities for uncertain tax positions could vary materially from the amounts previously recorded.

Deferred tax assets arise from items that may be used as a tax deduction or credit in future income tax returns, for which a financial statement tax benefit has already been recognized. The realization of the net deferred tax asset generally depends upon future levels of taxable income and the existence of prior years’ taxable income to which refund claims could be carried back. Valuation allowances are recorded against those deferred tax assets determined not likely to be realized. Deferred tax liabilities represent items that will require a future tax payment. They generally represent tax expense recognized in the Company’s financial statements for which payment has been deferred, or a deduction taken on the Company’s tax return but not yet recognized as an expense in the Company’s financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities are also recognized for certain non-cash items such as goodwill.

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for 2009 was $48.3 million, compared to $45.4 million for 2008 and $41.2 million for 2007. The net interest margin increased in 2009 to 3.25%, compared to 3.21% in 2008. The net interest margin in 2007 was 2.96%. The increase in net interest income of $3.0 million, or 6.5%, during 2009 was primarily attributable to achieving a lower cost of funding, despite increased levels of average earnings assets at lower average yields. Average earning assets increased $75.8 million, or 5.4%, and average interest-bearing liabilities increased $42.4 million, or 3.6%, during 2009, compared to 2008.

Average Balances, Yields and Costs

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average balance sheet and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the years indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities. Average balances are derived from daily balances and include nonperforming loans. Available for sale securities are stated at amortized cost.


	Year ended December 31,
	2009								2008								2007
				Interest								Interest								Interest
	Average			earned/		Average			Average			earned/		Average			Average			earned/		Average
	balance			paid		yield			balance			paid		yield			balance			paid		yield
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Earning assets:
Overnight investments	$	1,456		$	10		0.78	%	$	8,577		$	264		3.07	%	$	21,030		$	1,103		5.24	%
Investment securities		78,762			2,157		2.74	%		60,972			2,767		4.54	%		112,461			5,707		5.07	%
Mortgage-backed securities		283,944			13,357		4.70	%		274,160			13,655		4.98	%		229,872			11,166		4.86	%
Stock in the FHLB		15,912			—		0.00	%		15,671			610		3.89	%		15,723			1,056		6.72	%
Loans receivable:
Commercial loans and leases		703,982			40,823		5.80	%		617,254			39,709		6.43	%		540,383			39,657		7.34	%
Residential mortgage loans		192,853			9,486		4.92	%		226,483			12,095		5.34	%		255,442			13,768		5.39	%
Consumer and other loans		210,805			9,444		4.48	%		208,815			11,198		5.36	%		219,126			13,613		6.21	%

Total earning assets		1,487,714			75,277		5.06	%		1,411,932			80,298		5.69	%		1,394,037			86,070		6.17	%

Cash and due from banks		18,186								23,062								24,178
Allowance for loan and lease losses		(16,159	)							(13,350	)							(12,503	)
Premises and equipment		12,512								13,195								14,458
Goodwill, net		12,055								11,982								11,318
Accrued interest receivable		4,252								4,888								5,865
Bank-owned life insurance		29,323								25,033								23,627
Prepaid expenses and other assets		10,395								7,329								7,798

Total assets	$	1,558,278							$	1,484,071							$	1,468,778


Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
NOW accounts	$	65,471			60		0.09	%	$	60,438			162		0.27	%	$	62,327			391		0.63	%
Money market accounts		31,157			367		1.18	%		5,249			69		1.31	%		6,285			135		2.15	%
Savings accounts		377,755			3,380		0.89	%		388,060			7,042		1.81	%		376,746			11,028		2.93	%
Certificate of deposit accounts		409,564			11,061		2.70	%		389,021			14,306		3.68	%		382,711			17,676		4.62	%
Overnight and short-term borrowings		44,298			86		0.19	%		54,878			902		1.64	%		57,117			2,717		4.76	%
Wholesale repurchase agreements		13,699			551		3.97	%		10,000			540		5.32	%		11,425			602		5.27	%
FHLB borrowings		262,466			10,720		4.03	%		254,321			10,960		4.31	%		240,668			10,768		4.47	%
Subordinated deferrable interest debentures		13,403			730		5.45	%		13,403			949		7.08	%		17,188			1,509		8.78	%

Total interest-bearing liabilities		1,217,813			26,955		2.21	%		1,175,370			34,930		2.97	%		1,154,467			44,826		3.88	%

Noninterest-bearing deposits		189,419								175,742								182,093
Other liabilities		11,495								16,982								17,861

Total liabilities		1,418,727								1,368,094								1,354,421
Shareholders’ equity		139,551								115,977								114,357

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	1,558,278							$	1,484,071							$	1,468,778

Net interest income				$	48,322							$	45,368							$	41,244

Net interest rate spread							2.85	%							2.72	%							2.29	%
Net interest rate margin							3.25	%							3.21	%							2.96	%

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in the Company’s interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by old average balance) and (ii) changes in volume (changes in average balances multiplied by old rate). The net change attributable to the combined impact of rate and volume was allocated proportionally to the individual rate and volume changes.


	Year ended December 31,
	2009 vs. 2008									2008 vs. 2007
	Increase/(decrease) due to									Increase/(decrease) due to
	Rate			Volume			Total			Rate			Volume			Total
	(In thousands)
Interest income:
Overnight investments	$	(120	)	$	(134	)	$	(254	)	$	(346	)	$	(493	)	$	(839	)
Investment securities		(1,042	)		432			(610	)		(532	)		(2,408	)		(2,940	)
Mortgage-backed securities		(749	)		451			(298	)		280			2,209			2,489
Stock in the FHLB		(619	)		9			(610	)		(443	)		(3	)		(446	)
Commercial loans and leases		(5,064	)		6,178			1,114			(5,555	)		5,607			52
Residential mortgage loans		(923	)		(1,686	)		(2,609	)		(127	)		(1,546	)		(1,673	)
Consumer and other loans		(1,528	)		(226	)		(1,754	)		(1,860	)		(555	)		(2,415	)


Total interest income		(10,045	)		5,024			(5,021	)		(8,583	)		2,811			(5,772	)


Interest expense:
NOW accounts		(114	)		12			(102	)		(217	)		(12	)		(229	)
Money market accounts		(8	)		306			298			(46	)		(20	)		(66	)
Savings accounts		(3,479	)		(183	)		(3,662	)		(4,308	)		322			(3,986	)
Certificate of deposit accounts		(3,960	)		715			(3,245	)		(3,645	)		275			(3,370	)
Overnight & short-term borrowings		(669	)		(147	)		(816	)		(1,711	)		(104	)		(1,815	)
Wholesale repurchase agreements		(156	)		167			11			6			(68	)		(62	)
FHLB borrowings		(623	)		383			(240	)		(422	)		614			192
Capital trust and other subordinated securities		(219	)		—			(219	)		(254	)		(306	)		(560	)


Total interest expense		(9,228	)		1,253			(7,975	)		(10,597	)		701			(9,896	)


Net interest income	$	(817	)	$	3,771		$	2,954		$	2,014		$	2,110		$	4,124

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

General

Net income for 2009 decreased $3.6 million, or 39.4%, to $5.5 million from $9.1 million for 2008. Earnings per diluted common share (“EPS”) decreased from $1.96 for 2008 to $0.70 for 2009. The 2009 earnings represented a return on assets of 0.36% and a return on common equity of 2.66% for 2009, as compared to a return on assets of 0.62% and a return on common equity of 7.99% for 2008.

Net Interest Income

For 2009, net interest income was $48.3 million, compared to $45.4 million for 2008. The net interest margin for 2009 was 3.25% compared to a net interest margin of 3.21% for the prior year. Although the yield on the Company’s interest-earning assets declined by 63 bps compared to 2008, net interest income increased $3.0 million, or 6.5%, as a result of cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities declining by 76 bps.

Interest Income — Investments

Total investment income (consisting of interest on overnight investments, available for sale securities and dividends on FHLB stock) was $15.5 million for 2009 compared to $17.3 million for 2008. This decrease in total investment income of $1.8 million, or 10.2%, was attributable to a 73 basis point decrease in the overall yield on investments, from 4.81% in 2008 to 4.08% in 2009, along with an increase in the average balance of investments of approximately $20.7 million.

Interest Income — Loans and Leases

Interest from loans and leases was $59.8 million for 2009, and represented a yield on total loans and leases of 5.39%. This compares to $63.0 million of interest and a yield of 5.99% for 2008. Increased interest income resulting from growth in the average balance of loans and leases of $55.1 million, or 5.2%, was counteracted by a decrease in the yield on loans and leases of 60 bps.

The average balance of the various components of the loan and lease portfolio changed as follows: commercial loans and leases increased $86.7 million, or 14.1%; consumer and other loans increased $2.0 million, or 1.0%; and residential mortgage loans decreased $33.6 million, or 14.8%. The yield on the various components of the loan and lease portfolio changed as follows: commercial loans and leases decreased 63 bps, to 5.80%; consumer and other loans decreased 88 bps, to 4.48%; and residential mortgage loans decreased 42 bps, to 4.92%. The yields on loans and leases declined primarily from lower yields on new originations and repricing of existing variable rate assets.

Interest Expense — Deposits and Borrowings

Interest paid on deposits and borrowings decreased by $8.0 million, or 22.8%, due to lower market interest rates during 2009. The overall average cost for interest-bearing liabilities decreased 76 bps from 2.97% for 2008 to 2.21% for 2009. The average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities increased $42.4 million, or 3.6%, to $1.22 billion for 2009.

The growth in deposit average balances of $41.2 million, or 4.9%, during 2009 was centered primarily in money market accounts (up $25.9 million, or 493.6%) and CD accounts (up $20.5 million, or 5.3%). These increases were partially offset by a decrease in savings accounts (down $10.3 million, or 2.7%). The cost of deposits in total decreased 88 bps in 2009 to 1.68%, compared to 2.56% in the prior year.

The average balance of borrowings increased as compared to the prior year, with increases in FHLB funding (up $8.1 million, or 3.2%) and increases in wholesale repurchase agreements (up $3.7 million, or 37.0%) offset by decreases in short term borrowings (down $10.6 million, or 19.3%). Overall, the cost of nondeposit borrowings decreased 39 bps in 2009 to 3.62%, compared to 4.01% in the prior year, reflecting the market interest rate declines experienced in 2009.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The provision for loan and lease losses was $9.9 million for 2009, compared to $4.5 million for 2008. Additions were made to the provision in 2009 in response to increased nonperforming and classified loans and leases, increased levels of charge-offs, weakened economic conditions and growth in the commercial loan portfolio. The increased provision served to improve the ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to 1.49% as of December 31, 2009, compared to 1.36% at the prior year-end. The allowance for loan and lease losses expressed as a percentage of nonperforming loans and leases was 90.29% at December 31, 2009 and 102.05% at December 31, 2008. Net charge-offs for 2009 were $8.0 million compared to $2.5 million for 2008.

Management evaluates several factors including new loan and lease originations, actual and estimated charge-offs and the risk characteristics of the loan and lease portfolio and general economic conditions when determining the provision for loan and lease losses. If the current weak economic or market conditions continue or worsen, management believes it is likely that the level of adversely classified assets would increase. This in turn may necessitate further increases to the provision for loan and lease losses in future periods. Also see discussion under “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

Noninterest Income

Total noninterest income decreased by $1.4 million, or 13.6%, from $10.6 million for 2008 to $9.2 million for 2009. The following table sets forth the components of noninterest income:


	Year ended December 31,
	2009			2008
	(In thousands)

Service charges on deposit accounts	$	5,377		$	5,711
Income from bank-owned life insurance		1,245			1,080
Loan related fees		869			803
Commissions on nondeposit investment products		776			745
Net gains on lease sales and commissions on loans originated for others		408			454
Impairment of available for sale securities		(384	)		(219	)
Gain on sale of available for sale securities		61			725
Other income		813			1,310


Total noninterest income	$	9,165		$	10,609

Deposit account service charges continue to represent the largest source of noninterest income for the Company even though this account did not produce growth in 2009. Service charges on deposit accounts were down $334,000 or 5.8%. Additionally, gains on the sale of available for sale securities decreased $664,000 or 91.6%. Other income also decreased $497,000 or 37.9% and losses on impairment of available for sale securities increased $165,000, or 75.3%. Net gains on lease sales and loan commissions were down $46,000 or 10.1%. These decreases were offset by increases in income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) (up $165,000, or 15.3%) and loan related fees (up $66,000, or 8.2%) primarily as a result of a newly available interest rate swap product discussed below. An increase in the volume of nondeposit investment product activity provided additional noninterest income of $31,000, or 4.2%.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company began offering interest rate swaps with commercial loan borrowers to aid them in managing their interest rate risk. The interest rate swap contracts with commercial loan borrowers allow them to convert floating rate loan payments to fixed rate loan payments. The Company concurrently enters into a mirroring swap with a third party financial institution. The third party financial institution exchanges the client’s fixed rate loan payments for floating rate loan payments. The Company retains the risks associated with the potential failure of counterparties and inherent in making loans.

The interest rate swap contracts are carried at fair value with changes recorded as a component of loan related fees in other noninterest income. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, net gains on these interest rate swap contracts, which include fee income and adjustments for credit valuation, amounted to approximately $230,000 and $250,000, respectively.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expenses for 2009 increased a total of $1.6 million, or 4.3%, to $39.5 million. The following table sets forth the components of noninterest expense:


	Year ended December 31,
	2009		2008
	(In thousands)

Salaries and employee benefits	$	20,573	$	20,091
Occupancy and equipment		4,553		4,578
Data processing		2,640		2,816
FDIC insurance		2,527		694
Professional services		2,612		2,968
Marketing		1,318		1,607
Loan workout and other real estate owned		688		543
Loan servicing		665		643
Other expenses		3,953		3,946


Total noninterest expense	$	39,529	$	37,886

FDIC insurance increased $1.8 million, or 264.1%, due to the special assessment imposed by the FDIC on financial institutions during the second quarter of 2009 and an increase in assessment rates for 2009. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC imposed a 5 basis point special assessment on assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009 on all FDIC-insured financial institutions. The Bank incurred a charge of $733,000 as a result of the special assessment levied. The FDIC has authority to levy an additional 5 basis points in special assessments after September 30, 2009. In addition to the special assessment, FDIC regular assessments increased for 2009. During 2008, financial institutions were assessed rates ranging from 5 basis points per $100 of deposits for institutions in Risk Category I to 43 basis points for institutions assigned to Risk Category IV. In 2009, rates ranged from 12 to 50 basis points per $100 of deposits.

Additionally, salaries and benefits increased $482,000, or 2.4%, and loan workout and other real estate owned expenses increased $145,000, or 26.7%. These increases were partially offset by decreases in professional services (down $356,000, or 12.0%), marketing (down $289,000, or 18.0%) and data processing (down $176,000, or 6.3%).

Overall, with the decrease in noninterest income and the increase in noninterest expense, the Company’s efficiency ratio was 68.76% for 2009, compared to 67.68% for 2008.

Income Tax Expense

The Company recorded income tax expense of $2.5 million for 2009, compared to $4.4 million for 2008. This represented total effective tax rates of 31.1% and 32.6%, respectively. Tax-favored income from BOLI, along with the utilization of a Rhode Island passive investment company, has reduced the Company’s effective tax rate from the 40.9% combined statutory federal and state tax rates.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007

General

Net income for 2008 increased $99,000, or 1.1%, to $9.1 million from $9.0 million for 2007. Earnings per diluted common share (“EPS”) increased from $1.84 for 2007 to $1.96 for 2008. The 2008 earnings represented a return on assets of 0.62% and a return on common equity of 7.99% for 2008, as compared to a return on assets of 0.62% and a return on common equity of 7.91% for 2007.

Net Interest Income

For 2008, net interest income was $45.4 million, compared to $41.2 million for 2007. The net interest margin for 2008 was 3.21% compared to a net interest margin of 2.96% for 2007. Although the yield on the Company’s interest-earning assets declined by 49 bps compared to 2007, net interest income increased $4.1 million, or 10.0%. The increase in net interest income is a result of the cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities declining 91 bps compared to the prior year.

Interest Income — Investments

Total investment income (consisting of interest on overnight investments, available for sale securities and dividends on FHLB stock) was $17.3 million for 2008, compared to $19.0 million for 2007. This decrease in total investment income of $1.7 million, or 9.1%, was attributable to a 21 basis point decrease in the overall yield on investments, from 5.02% in 2007 to 4.81% in 2008, along with a decrease in the average balance of investments of approximately $19.7 million.

Interest Income — Loans and Leases

Interest from loans and leases was $63.0 million for 2008, and represented a yield on total loans and leases of 5.99%. This compares to $67.0 million of interest, and a yield of 6.61%, for 2007. Increased interest income resulting from growth in the average balance of loans of $37.6 million, or 3.7%, was counteracted by a decrease in the yield on loans and leases of 62 bps.

The average balance of the various components of the loan and lease portfolio changed as follows: commercial loans and leases increased $76.9 million, or 14.2%; consumer and other loans decreased $10.3 million, or 4.7%; and residential mortgage loans decreased $29.0 million, or 11.3%. The yield on the various components of the loan portfolio changed as follows: commercial loans and leases decreased 91 bps, to 6.43%; consumer and other loans decreased 85 bps, to 5.36%; and residential mortgage loans decreased 5 bps, to 5.34%. The yields on loans and leases declined primarily from lower yields on new originations and repricing of existing variable rate assets.

Interest Expense — Deposits and Borrowings

Interest paid on deposits and borrowings decreased by $9.9 million, or 22.1%, due to lower market interest rates during 2008. The overall average cost for interest-bearing liabilities decreased 91 bps from 3.88% for 2007 to 2.97% for 2008. The average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities increased $20.9 million, or 1.8%, to $1.18 billion for 2008.

The growth in deposit average balances of $14.7 million, or 1.8%, during 2008 was centered primarily in savings accounts (up $11.3 million, or 3.0%) and CD accounts (up $10.0 million, or 2.8%). These increases were partially offset by a decrease in brokered CDs (down $3.6 million, or 15.8%). The cost of deposits in total decreased 97 bps in 2008 to 2.56%, compared to 3.53% in the prior year.

The average balance of borrowings increased as compared to the prior year, with increases in FHLB funding (up $13.7 million, or 5.7%) slightly offset by decreases in subordinated debentures (down $3.8 million, or 22.0%) and decreases in short term and other borrowings (down $3.7 million, or 5.3%). Overall, the cost of nondeposit borrowings decreased 77 bps in 2008 to 4.01%, compared to 4.78% in the prior year, reflecting the market interest rate declines experienced in 2008.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The provision for loan and lease losses was $4.5 million for 2008, compared to $700,000 for 2007. Additions were made to the provision in 2008 in response to increased nonperforming and classified loans and leases, increased levels of charge-offs, weakened economic conditions and growth in the commercial loan and lease portfolio. The increased provision served to improve the ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to 1.36% as of December 31, 2008, compared to 1.22% at the prior year-end. The allowance for loan and lease losses expressed as a percentage of nonperforming loans and leases was 102.05% at December 31, 2008 and 304.2% at December 31, 2007. Net charge-offs for 2008 were $2.5 million compared to $458,000 for 2007.

Management evaluates several factors including new loan originations, actual and estimated charge-offs and the risk characteristics of the loan and lease portfolio and general economic conditions when determining the provision for loan and lease losses. If the current weak economic or market conditions continue or worsen, management believes it is likely that the level of adversely classified assets would increase. This in turn may necessitate further increases to the provision for loan and lease losses in future periods. Also see discussion under “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

Noninterest Income

Total noninterest income decreased by $176,000 or 1.6%, from $10.8 million for 2007 to $10.6 million for 2008. The following table sets forth the components of noninterest income:


	Year ended December 31,
	2008			2007
	(In thousands)

Service charges on deposit accounts	$	5,711		$	5,578
Income from bank-owned life insurance		1,080			1,038
Loan related fees		803			649
Commissions on nondeposit investment products		745			575
Gain on sale of available for sale securities		725			254
Impairment of available for sale securities		(219	)		—
Net gains on lease sales and commissions on loans originated for others		454			1,216
Other income		1,310			1,475


Total noninterest income	$	10,609		$	10,785

Deposit account service charges continue to represent the largest source of noninterest income for the Company and produced growth of $133,000, or 2.4% in 2008. Income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) increased $42,000, or 4.0%. Loan related fees increased $154,000, or 23.7%, primarily as a result of a new swap product discussed below. An increase in the volume of nondeposit investment products provided additional noninterest income of $170,000, or 29.6%. Additionally, noninterest income for 2008 benefited from gains on sales of available for sale securities of $725,000, while noninterest income for 2007 benefited from gain on sales of available for sale securities of $254,000. These increases were offset by volume based decreases in net gains on lease sales and commissions on loans originated for others (down $762,000, or 62.7%) and other income (down $165,000, or 11.2%). Additionally, the Company recorded $219,000 in losses on other-than-temporary impairment of an available for sale security.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company entered into interest rate swaps with commercial loan borrowers to aid them in managing their interest rate risk. The interest rate swap contracts with commercial loan borrowers allow them to convert floating rate loan payments to fixed rate loan payments. The Company concurrently enters into a mirroring swap with a third party financial institution. The third party financial institution exchanges the client’s fixed rate loan payments for floating rate loan payments. The Company retains the risk associated with the potential failure of counterparties and inherent in making loans.

The interest rate swap contracts are carried at fair value with changes recorded as a component of loan related fees in other noninterest income. For the year ended December 31, 2008, net gains on these interest rate swap contracts, which include fee income and adjustments for credit valuation, amounted to approximately $250,000. The Company did not have interest rate swap contracts at December 31, 2007.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expenses for 2008 decreased a total of $139,000, or 0.4%, to $37.9 million. The following table sets forth the components of noninterest expense:


	Year ended December 31,
	2008		2007
	(In thousands)

Salaries and employee benefits	$	20,091	$	20,859
Occupancy and equipment		4,578		4,872
Professional services		2,968		2,212
Data processing		2,816		2,850
Marketing		1,607		1,562
Loan servicing		643		767
Loan workout and other real estate owned		543		190
Other expenses		4,640		4,713


Total noninterest expense	$	37,886	$	38,025

The Company realized savings in salaries and benefits (down $768,000, or 3.7%) due to staff vacancies, occupancy and equipment (down $294,000, or 6.0%) and loan servicing (down $124,000, or 16.2%). Additionally, other expenses decreased by $73,000, or 1.5%. Partially offsetting these items were increases in professional services (up $756,000, or 34.2%) primarily due to the outsourcing of certain internal audit activities and legal costs incurred related to an investigation of claims made by the Company’s dissident shareholder related to the 2008 proxy contest conducted by a special committee of the Board. In August 2008, the committee determined, based on the results of the investigation, that there was no merit to the claims. Additionally, loan workout and other real estate owned expenses increased (up $353,000, or 185.8%). Overall, the Company’s efficiency ratio improved to 67.68% for 2008, from 73.08% for 2007.

Income Tax Expense

The Company recorded income tax expense of $4.4 million for 2008, compared to $4.3 million for 2007. This represented total effective tax rates of 32.6% and 32.0%, respectively. Tax-favored income from BOLI, along with the utilization of a Rhode Island passive investment company, has reduced the Company’s effective tax rate from the 40.9% combined statutory federal and state tax rates.

Financial Condition

Loans and Leases Receivable

Total loans and leases were $1.11 billion, or 69.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2009, compared to $1.08 billion, or 70.5% of total assets, at December 31, 2008, an increase of $34.1 million, or 3.2%. This increase was centered in commercial loans and leases (where the Company concentrates its origination efforts) and was partially offset by decreases in residential mortgage loans (which the Company primarily purchases) and consumer loans. Total loans and leases as of December 31, 2009 are segmented in three broad categories: commercial loans and leases that aggregate $732.4 million, or 65.9%, of the portfolio; residential mortgages that aggregate $173.3 million, or 15.6% of the portfolio; and consumer and other loans that aggregate $206.2 million, or 18.5% of the portfolio.

The following is a summary of loans and leases receivable:


	December 31,
	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
	(In thousands)

Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial real estate — owner occupied	$	167,853		$	175,472		$	157,431		$	140,812		$	112,987
Commercial & industrial		178,808			164,569			131,927			106,017			73,620
Commercial real estate — nonowner occupied		170,148			133,782			102,990			102,390			95,779
Small business		56,148			50,464			45,778			41,785			38,641
Multi-family		66,350			53,159			42,536			34,294			33,725
Construction		23,405			22,300			38,832			37,237			37,772
Leases and other (1)		75,057			63,799			58,702			62,979			48,745


Subtotal		737,769			663,545			578,196			525,514			441,269

Unearned lease income (1)		(7,693	)		(6,980	)		(5,742	)		(6,651	)		(3,366	)
Net deferred loan origination costs (fees)		2,321			1,857			1,214			927			406


Total commercial loans and leases		732,397			658,422			573,668			519,790			438,309


Residential mortgage loans:
One-to four-family adjustable rate		115,855			126,689			155,087			165,140			202,223
One-to four-family fixed rate		56,724			85,057			92,485			96,880			101,598


Subtotal		172,579			211,746			247,572			262,020			303,821

Premium on loans acquired		738			953			1,198			1,979			2,257
Net deferred loan origination fees		(23	)		(34	)		(42	)		(54	)		(62	)


Total residential mortgage loans		173,294			212,665			248,728			263,945			306,016


Consumer and other loans:
Home equity — term loans		119,909			127,142			149,192			152,484			134,932
Home equity — lines of credit		83,771			76,038			62,357			64,208			67,959
Unsecured and other		1,410			2,216			2,774			2,359			2,151


Subtotal		205,090			205,396			214,323			219,051			205,042

Premium on loans acquired		—			—			—			—			2
Net deferred loan origination costs		1,066			1,259			1,413			1,506			1,437


Total consumer and other loans		206,156			206,655			215,736			220,557			206,481


Total loans and leases receivable	$	1,111,847		$	1,077,742		$	1,038,132		$	1,004,292		$	950,806


(1)		Included within commercial loans and leases were $156,000 of leases held for sale at December 31, 2008.

Commercial loans and leases — During 2009, the commercial loan and lease portfolio (consisting of commercial real estate, commercial & industrial, equipment loans and leases, multi-family real estate, construction and small business loans) increased $74.0 million, or 11.2%. The primary drivers of this growth occurred in the commercial real estate and commercial & industrial areas.

The Bank’s business lending group originates business loans, also referred to as commercial and industrial loans, including owner-occupied commercial real estate loans, term loans and revolving lines of credit. Within the business lending portfolio and the Macrolease platform, commercial and industrial loans increased $14.2 million, or 8.7%, and owner-occupied commercial real estate loans decreased $7.6 million, or 4.3%, since year-end 2008. At December 31, 2009, leases comprised 9.2% of the commercial loan and lease portfolio, with $54.5 million of Macrolease-generated leases and $12.9 million of purchased government leases.

The Bank’s commercial real estate (“CRE”) group originates nonowner-occupied commercial real estate, multi-family residential real estate and construction loans. These real estate secured commercial loans are offered as both fixed and adjustable-rate products. Since December 31, 2008, CRE loans have increased $50.7 million, or 24.2%, on a net basis.

At December 31, 2009, small business loans (business lending relationships of approximately $500,000 or less) totaled $56.1 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $50.5 million at December 31, 2008, representing 7.7% of the commercial portfolio at both year-ends. These loans reflect those originated by the Bank’s business development group, as well as throughout the Bank’s branch system. The Bank utilizes credit scoring and streamlined documentation, as well as traditional review standards in originating these credits.

The Bank is a participant in the SBA Preferred Lender Program in both Rhode Island and Massachusetts. The Bank was named the No. 1 SBA lender in Rhode Island as of the SBA’s September 30, 2009 fiscal year end. SBA guaranteed loans are found throughout the portfolios managed by the Bank’s various lending groups.

The Company believes it is well positioned for continued commercial growth. Particular emphasis is placed on generation of small- to medium-sized commercial relationships (those relationships with $10.0 million or less in total loan commitments). Unlike many community banks, the Bank offers asset-based commercial loan facilities that monitor advances against receivables and inventories on a formula basis.

Residential mortgage loans — Residential mortgage loans decreased $39.4 million, or 18.5%, as repayments, charge-offs and transfers to other real estate owned ($42.9 million) exceeded originations ($3.5 million). Since inception, the Bank has concentrated its portfolio lending efforts on commercial and consumer lending opportunities, but originates mortgage loans for its own portfolio on a limited basis. The Bank does not employ any outside mortgage originators, but from time to time, purchases residential mortgage loans from third-party originators. Until such time as the Bank can originate sufficient commercial and consumer loans to utilize available cash flow, it intends to continue purchasing residential mortgage loans with high credit quality if and when opportunities develop.

Consumer loans — During 2009, consumer loan outstandings decreased $499,000, or 0.2%, to $206.2 million at December 31, 2009, from $206.7 million at December 31, 2008. This decrease is attributable to runoff of existing consumer loans exceeding new originations. The Company continues to promote consumer lending as it believes that these ten- to twenty-year fixed-rate products, along with the floating lines of credit, possess attractive cash flow characteristics.

The following table sets forth certain information at December 31, 2009 regarding the aggregate dollar amount of certain loans maturing in the loan and lease portfolio based on scheduled payments to maturity. Actual principal payments may vary from this schedule due to refinancings, modifications and other changes in terms. Demand loans and loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity are reported as due in one year or less.


	Principal repayments contractually due
			After one,
	One year		but within		After
	or less		five years		five years
	(In thousands)

Commercial & industrial loans	$	77,791	$	70,413	$	30,604
Construction/permanent loans		11,412		254		12,040
Home equity lines of credit		621		22		83,128
Interest-only residential first mortgages		5,194		16,700		4,053
Small business loans		24,387		24,126		7,636


Total	$	119,405	$	111,515	$	137,461

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2009 the dollar amount of certain loans due after one year that have fixed interest rates or floating or adjustable interest rates.


	Loans due after one year
			Floating or
			adjustable
	Fixed rates		rates
	(In thousands)

Commercial & industrial loans	$	65,425	$	35,592
Construction/permanent loans		5,877		6,417
Home equity lines of credit		—		83,149
Interest-only residential first mortgages		3,089		17,664
Small business loans		8,771		22,991


Total	$	83,162	$	165,813

Asset Quality

The definition of nonperforming assets includes nonperforming loans and leases and other real estate owned (“OREO”). OREO consists of real estate acquired through foreclosure proceedings and real estate acquired through acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. Nonperforming loans and leases are defined as nonaccrual loans and leases, loans and leases past due 90 days or more but still accruing and impaired loans and leases. Under certain circumstances, the Company may restructure the terms of a loan as a concession to a borrower. These restructured loans are generally considered impaired loans. There were $12.4 million of impaired loans and leases included in nonaccrual loans and leases at December 31, 2009, compared to $10.3 million at December 31, 2008 and $3.0 million at December 31, 2007.

Nonperforming Assets — At December 31, 2009, the Company had nonperforming assets of $20.0 million, or 1.26%, of total assets. This compares to nonperforming assets of $15.2 million, or 1.00% of total assets, at December 31, 2008, and nonperforming assets of $4.1 million, or 0.28% of total assets, at December 31, 2007. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2009 consisted of commercial loans and leases aggregating $13.5 million, residential loans aggregating $4.1 million, commercial loans and leases 90 days past due, but still accruing of $552,000, consumer loans aggregating $389,000, consumer loans 90 days past due, but still accruing of $275,000 and other real estate owned of $1.7 million. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were primarily comprised of nonaccrual commercial loans and nonaccrual residential loans. The Company evaluates the underlying collateral of each nonperforming asset and continues to pursue the collection of interest and principal. Management believes that the December 31, 2009 level of nonperforming assets is low relative to the size of the Company’s loan portfolio and as compared to peer institutions. The weak economy has resulted in an increase in charge-offs and nonperforming assets in 2009. If current economic conditions continue or worsen, management believes that the level of nonperforming assets will increase, as will its level of charged-off loans and leases.

The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming assets.


	December 31,
	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
	(Dollars in thousands)
Loans and leases accounted for on a nonaccrual basis	$	16,830		$	14,045		$	4,012		$	1,407		$	415
Loans and leases past due 90 days or more, but still accruing		826			324			100			6			—
Restructured loans and leases on a nonaccrual basis		659			—			37			—			—


Total nonperforming loans and leases		18,315			14,369			4,149			1,413			415

Other real estate owned		1,700			863			—			—			—


Total nonperforming assets	$	20,015		$	15,232		$	4,149		$	1,413		$	415


Restructured loans and leases not included in nonperforming assets	$	445		$	32		$	—		$	—		$	—

Nonperforming loans and leases as a percent of total loans and leases		1.65	%		1.33	%		0.40	%		0.14	%		0.04	%

Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets		1.26	%		1.00	%		0.28	%		0.10	%		0.03	%

The following table sets forth certain information regarding nonperforming loans and leases.


	December 31,
	2009					2008					2007
			Percent					Percent					Percent
			of Total					of Total					of Total
	Principal		Loans and			Principal		Loans and			Principal		Loans and
	Balance		Leases			Balance		Leases			Balance		Leases
	(Dollars in thousands)

Nonperforming loans and leases:
Commercial real estate	$	6,909		0.63	%	$	4,884		0.46	%	$	—		0.00	%
Commercial and industrial		2,919		0.26	%		2,802		0.26	%		2,594		0.25	%
Small business		1,147		0.10	%		892		0.08	%		39		0.00	%
Multifamily		205		0.02	%		—		0.00	%		594		0.06	%
Construction		469		0.04	%		1,000		0.09	%		—		0.00	%
Leases		1,878		0.17	%		428		0.04	%		100		0.01	%
Residential		4,124		0.37	%		4,314		0.40	%		822		0.08	%
Consumer		664		0.06	%		49		0.00	%		—		0.00	%


Total nonperforming loans and leases	$	18,315		1.65	%	$	14,369		1.33	%	$	4,149		0.40	%

Nonaccrual Loans and Leases — Accrual of interest income on all loans and leases is discontinued when concern exists as to the collectability of principal or interest, or typically when a loan or lease becomes over 90 days delinquent. Additionally, when a loan or lease is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period income. Loans and leases (including restructured loans) are removed from nonaccrual when concern no longer exists as to the collectability of principal or interest, typically when payment has been received timely for six months. Interest collected on nonaccruing loans and leases is either applied against principal or reported as income according to management’s judgment as to the collectability of principal. At December 31, 2009, nonaccrual loans and leases totaled $17.5 million. Interest on nonaccrual loans and leases that would have been recorded as additional income for the year ended December 31, 2009, had the loans and leases been current in accordance with their original terms, totaled $902,000. This compares with $728,000 and $156,000 of foregone interest income on nonaccrual loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Delinquencies — At December 31, 2009, $12.6 million of loans and leases were 30 to 89 days past due. This compares to $9.5 million and $12.6 million of loans 30 to 89 days past due as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The majority of these loans for all three years were commercial loans and leases and residential loans. Within loans past due 30 to 89 days at December 31, 2009 were $531,000 of commercial leases to government entities, which were primarily attributable to administrative delays as opposed to underlying credit or cash flow issues. This amount compares to $1.3 million of government leases past due 30 to 89 days at December 31, 2008 and $3.8 million at December 31, 2007.

Management reviews delinquent loans frequently to assess problem situations and to address these problems quickly. In the case of consumer and commercial loans, the Bank contacts the borrower when a loan becomes delinquent. When a payment is not made, generally within 10-15 days of the due date, a late charge is assessed. After 30 days of delinquency, a notice is sent to the borrower advising that failure to cure the default may result in formal demand for payment in full. In the event of further delinquency, the matter is generally referred to legal counsel to commence civil proceedings to collect all amounts owed. In the case of residential mortgage loans, delinquency and collection proceedings are conducted by either the Bank, or its mortgage servicers, in accordance with standard servicing guidelines. In any circumstance where the Bank is secured by real property or other collateral, the Bank enforces its rights to the collateral in accordance with applicable law.

The following table sets forth information as to loans and leases delinquent for 30 to 89 days:


	December 31,
	2009					2008					2007
			Percent					Percent					Percent
			of Total					of Total					of Total
	Principal		Loans and			Principal		Loans and			Principal		Loans and
	Balance		Leases			Balance		Leases			Balance		Leases
	(Dollars in thousands)

Loans and leases delinquent for 30 to 59 days:
Commercial real estate loans	$	1,506		0.14	%	$	1,325		0.12	%	$	—		—
Commercial and industrial loans		1,167		0.10	%		95		0.01	%		3,205		0.31	%
Small business loans		1,942		0.17	%		98		0.01	%		15		0.00	%
Multifamily loans		731		0.07	%		—		—			369		0.04	%
Construction loans		900		0.08	%		—		—			—		—
Leases		2,108		0.19	%		1,817		0.17	%		3,005		0.29	%
Residential loans		1,248		0.11	%		921		0.08	%		1,309		0.13	%
Consumer loans		980		0.09	%		1,488		0.14	%		981		0.09	%


Total loans and leases delinquent 30 to 59 days		10,582		0.95	%		5,744		0.53	%		8,884		0.86	%


Loans and leases delinquent for 60 to 89 days:
Commercial real estate loans	$	—		—		$	599		0.06	%	$	1,230		0.12	%
Commercial and industrial loans		—		—			1,722		0.16	%		—		—
Small business loans		285		0.03	%		—		—			11		0.00	%
Multifamily loans		410		0.04	%		—		—			—		—
Construction loans		—		—			—		—			—		—
Leases		951		0.09	%		1,194		0.11	%		2,173		0.21	%
Residential loans		234		0.02	%		117		0.01	%		275		0.03	%
Consumer loans		148		0.01	%		150		0.01	%		13		0.00	%


Total loans and leases delinquent 60 to 89 days		2,028		0.19	%		3,782		0.35	%		3,702		0.36	%


Total loans and leases delinquent 30 to 89 days	$	12,610		1.14	%	$	9,526		0.88	%	$	12,586		1.22	%

Higher-Risk Loans — Certain types of loans, such as option ARM products, junior lien loans, high loan-to-value-ratio loans, interest only loans, subprime loans and loans with initial teaser rates, can have a greater risk of non-collection than other loans. Additional information about higher-risk loans may be useful in understanding the risks associated with the loan portfolio and in evaluating any known trends or uncertainties that could have a material impact on the results of operations. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had $113.6 million and $132.3 million, respectively, of junior lien home equity loans and lines of credit. The allowance for loan and lease losses attributable to these loans as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The Company does not hold other types of higher-risk loans.

Adversely Classified Assets — The Company’s management adversely classifies certain assets as “substandard”, “doubtful” or “loss” based on criteria established under banking regulations. An asset is considered substandard if inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if existing deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full”, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as loss are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had $22.1 million of assets that were classified as substandard. This compares to $22.7 million and $9.5 million of assets that were classified as substandard at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company had no assets that were classified as loss or doubtful at any of these dates. Performing loans and leases may or may not be adversely classified depending upon management’s judgment with respect to each individual loan. At December 31, 2009, included in the $22.1 million of assets that were classified as substandard, were $3.7 million of performing loans and leases. This compares to $8.3 million and $5.3 million of adversely classified performing assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These amounts constitute assets that, in the opinion of management, could potentially migrate to nonperforming or doubtful status. If the current weak economic or market conditions continue or worsen, management believes it is likely that the level of adversely classified assets would increase. This in turn may necessitate an increase to the provision for loan and lease losses in future periods.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses has been established for credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio through a charge to earnings. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level management considers appropriate to provide for the current inherent risk of loss based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio.

Loans deemed uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses, while recoveries of amounts previously charged-off are added to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Amounts are charged-off once the probability of loss has been established, with consideration given to such factors as the customer’s financial condition, underlying collateral and guarantees, and general and industry economic conditions.

When an insured institution classifies problem loans as either substandard or doubtful, it is required to establish allowances for loan and lease losses in an amount deemed prudent by management. Additionally, general loss allowances are established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, and have not been allocated to particular problem loans and leases.

The following table represents the allocation of the allowance for loan and leases losses as of the dates indicated:


	December 31,
	2009					2008					2007					2006					2005
			Percent					Percent					Percent					Percent					Percent
			of Total					of Total					of Total					of Total					of Total
			Loans					Loans					Loans					Loans					Loans
			and					and					and					and					and
	Amount		Leases			Amount		Leases			Amount		Leases			Amount		Leases			Amount		Leases
	(Dollars in thousands)

Commercial loans and leases	$	12,409		65.9	%	$	10,708		61.1	%	$	8,786		55.2	%	$	7,944		51.8	%	$	7,002		46.1	%
Residential mortgage loans		1,340		15.6	%		1,239		19.7	%		1,002		24.0	%		1,440		26.2	%		1,653		32.2	%
Consumer and other loans		1,504		18.5	%		1,609		19.2	%		1,637		20.8	%		2,086		22.0	%		1,894		21.7	%
Unallocated		1,283	NA				1,108	NA				1,194	NA				907	NA				1,116	NA


Total	$	16,536		100.0	%	$	14,664		100.0	%	$	12,619		100.0	%	$	12,377		100.0	%	$	11,665		100.0	%

Assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan and leases losses involves substantial uncertainties and is based upon management’s evaluation of the amounts required to meet estimated charge-offs in the loan and lease portfolio after weighing various factors. Management’s methodology to estimate loss exposure includes an analysis of individual loans and leases deemed to be impaired, reserve allocations for various loan types based on payment status or loss experience and an unallocated allowance that is maintained based on management’s assessment of many factors including the growth, composition and quality of the loan and lease portfolio, historical loss experiences, general economic conditions and other pertinent factors. These risk factors are continuously reviewed and revised by management where conditions indicate that the estimates initially applied are different from actual results. If credit performance is worse than anticipated, the Company could incur additional loan and lease losses in future periods.

A portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses is not allocated to any specific segment of the loan and lease portfolio. This non-specific allowance is maintained for two primary reasons: (i) there exists an inherent subjectivity and imprecision to the analytical processes employed, and (ii) the prevailing business environment, as it is affected by changing economic conditions and various external factors, may impact the portfolio in ways currently unforeseen. Management, therefore, has established and maintains a non-specific allowance for loan and lease losses. The amount of this measurement imprecision allocation was $1.3 million at December 31, 2009, compared to $1.1 million at December 31, 2008. With respect to changes within the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses, allocations at December 31, 2009 reflect both changes in loan and lease balances as well as reassessment of risks within the various loan and lease categories.

While management evaluates currently available information in establishing the allowance for loan and lease losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan and lease losses may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations. Management performs a comprehensive review of the allowance for loan and lease losses on a quarterly basis. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review a financial institution’s allowance for loan and lease losses and carrying amounts of other real estate owned. Such agencies may require the financial institution to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

The factors supporting the allowance for loan and lease losses do not diminish the fact that the entire allowance for loan and lease losses is available to absorb losses in the entire loan and lease portfolio. The Company’s primary concern is the appropriateness of the total allowance for loan and lease losses. Based on the evaluation described above, management believes that the year-end allowance for loan and lease losses is appropriate.

During 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Bank made additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses of $9.9 million, $4.5 million and $700,000 and experienced net charge-offs of $8.0 million, $2.5 million and $458,000, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the allowance for loan and leases losses was $16.5 million and represented 90.29% of nonperforming loans and leases and 1.49% of total loans and leases outstanding. This compares to an allowance for loan and lease losses of $14.7 million, representing 102.05% of nonperforming loans and leases and 1.36% of total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2008.

An analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses is as follows:


	Year ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007			2006			2005
	(In thousands)

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Balance at beginning of year	$	14,664		$	12,619		$	12,377		$	11,665		$	11,454

Loans and leases charged-off:
Commercial loans and leases		(5,187	)		(1,186	)		(184	)		(472	)		(1,266	)
Residential mortgage loans		(2,344	)		(1,235	)		(248	)		—			—
Consumer and other loans		(658	)		(168	)		(96	)		(47	)		(8	)


Total loans and leases charged-off		(8,189	)		(2,589	)		(528	)		(519	)		(1,274	)


Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged-off:
Commercial loans and leases		97			79			32			19			61
Residential mortgage loans		8			4			—			—			—
Consumer and other loans		39			31			38			10			1


Total recoveries of loans and leases previously charged-off		144			114			70			29			62


Net charge-offs		(8,045	)		(2,475	)		(458	)		(490	)		(1,212	)

Provision for loan and lease losses charged against income		9,917			4,520			700			1,202			1,423


Balance at end of year	$	16,536		$	14,664		$	12,619		$	12,377		$	11,665


Net charge-offs to average loans and leases outstanding		0.73	%		0.24	%		0.05	%		0.05	%		0.13	%

Investments

Total investments (consisting of overnight investments, available for sale securities and FHLB stock) totaled $400.1 million, or 25.2% of total assets, at December 31, 2009. This compares to total investments of $343.2 million, or 22.4% of total assets, as of December 31, 2008. The increase of $56.9 million, or 16.6%, was centered in the increase of available for sale securities of $55.4 million along with increases in overnight investments of $851,000 and FHLB stock of $603,000. At December 31, 2009, available for sale securities carried a total net unrealized gain of $1.7 million, compared to $639,000 of net unrealized gain at December 31, 2008. The primary driver of the increase in net unrealized gains is the yields on fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities as compared to the market rates on similar securities at December 31, 2009, partially offset by declines in the fair value of other available for sale securities.

The available for sale securities portfolio provides the Company a source of short-term liquidity and acts as a counterbalance to loan and deposit flows. During 2009, the Company purchased $221.9 million of available for sale securities compared to $145.2 million throughout 2008. Maturities, calls and principal payments totaled $165.4 million for 2009 compared to $124.7 million for 2008. Additionally, in 2009 the Company sold $1.9 million of mortgage-backed securities generating gains of $61,000 compared to $29.8 million generating gains of $725,000 during 2008.

A summary of available for sale securities follows:


	Amortized		Unrealized					Fair
	Cost (1)		Gains		Losses			Value
	(In thousands)

At December 31, 2009:
GSE obligations	$	80,866	$	347	$	(287	)	$	80,926
Trust preferred collateralized debt securities		2,550		—		(2,085	)		465
Collateralized mortgage obligations		45,641		697		(2,311	)		44,027
GSE mortgage-backed securities		251,051		6,353		(983	)		256,421


Total	$	380,108	$	7,397	$	(5,666	)	$	381,839


At December 31, 2008:
U.S. Treasury obligations	$	9,990	$	—	$	(2	)	$	9,988
GSE obligations		47,131		256		—			47,387
Corporate debt securities		2,001		—		(14	)		1,987
Trust preferred collateralized debt securities		2,735		—		(1,255	)		1,480
Collateralized mortgage obligations		62,909		256		(2,415	)		60,750
GSE mortgage-backed securities		201,001		4,289		(476	)		204,814


Total	$	325,767	$	4,801	$	(4,162	)	$	326,406


At December 31, 2007:
GSE obligations		68,185		90		(100	)		68,175
Corporate debt securities		6,028		2		(174	)		5,856
Trust preferred collateralized debt securities		2,980		—		(25	)		2,955
Collateralized mortgage obligations		74,371		193		(769	)		73,795
GSE mortgage-backed securities		183,723		1,169		(492	)		184,400


Total	$	335,287	$	1,454	$	(1,560	)	$	335,181


(1)		Amortized cost is net of write-downs as a result of other-than-temporary impairment.

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of available for sale securities and the weighted average yields of such securities:


						After one, but					After five, but
	Within one year					within five years					within ten years					After ten years
			Weighted					Weighted					Weighted					Weighted
	Fair		average			Fair		average			Fair		average			Fair		average
	value		yield			value		yield			value		yield			value		yield
	(Dollars in thousands)

At December 31, 2009:
GSE obligations	$	—		0.00	%	$	76,013		2.74	%	$	4,913		3.20	%	$	—		0.00	%
Trust preferred collateralized debt securities		—		0.00	%		—		0.00	%		—		0.00	%		465		4.00	%
Collateralized mortgage obligations		—		0.00	%		—		0.00	%		22,958		4.55	%		21,070		5.35	%
GSE mortgage-backed securities		—		0.00	%		1,604		4.75	%		24,624		4.70	%		230,193		4.51	%


Total	$	—		0.00	%	$	77,617		2.78	%	$	52,495		4.48	%	$	251,728		4.58	%

The Company performs regular analysis on the available for sale securities portfolio to determine whether a decline in fair value indicates that an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. In making these other-than-temporary determinations, management considers, among other factors, the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, projected future cash flows, credit subordination and the creditworthiness, capital adequacy and near-term prospects of the issuers. Management also considers the Company’s capital adequacy, interest rate risk, liquidity and business plans in assessing whether it is more likely than not that the Company will sell or be required to sell the securities before recovery.

If the Company determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary and that it is more likely than not that the Company will not sell or be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, the credit portion of the impairment loss is recognized in earnings and the noncredit portion is recognized in accumulated comprehensive income. The credit portion of the other-than-temporary impairment represents the difference between the amortized cost and the present value of the expected future cash flows of the security. If the Company determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary and it will more likely than not sell or be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, the entire difference between the amortized cost and the fair value of the security will be recognized in earnings.

In performing the analysis for the two collateralized debt obligations (“CDO A” and “CDO B”) held by the Company, which are backed by pools of trust preferred securities, future cash flow scenarios for each security were estimated based on varying levels of severity for assumptions of future delinquencies, recoveries and prepayments. These estimated cash flow scenarios were used to determine whether the Company expects to recover the amortized cost basis of the securities. Projected credit losses were compared to the current level of credit enhancement to assess whether the security is expected to incur losses in any future period and therefore become other-than-temporarily impaired.

Upon adoption of new accounting guidance related to other-than-temporary impairments (described fully in Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Company’s consolidated financial statements) in the second quarter of 2009, management reevaluated the other-than-temporary impairment that was previously recognized on CDO A at September 30, 2008. Management determined that it did not meet the criteria for other-than-temporary impairment as defined by the new guidance because the amortized cost basis of the security was expected to be recovered, management had no intent to sell the security before recovery and it was more likely than not that the Company would not be required to sell the security before recovery. As a result, an adjustment of $137,000, representing the previously recognized other-than-temporary impairment charge, net of accretion recognized on impairment and tax effects, has been applied to the opening balance of retained earnings with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income.

During 2009, CDO A experienced an additional $25.0 million in defaulting collateral, totaling $69.0 million, or 24.9%, of the security’s underlying collateral. Projected credit loss severity assumptions were increased in estimated future cash flow scenarios and it was determined that management does not expect to recover $271,000 of the security’s amortized cost. The Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges totaling $667,000, representing the difference between the security’s fair value and book value. The portion deemed to be credit related of $271,000 has been recorded as a reduction to noninterest income, while the non-credit portion of $396,000 has been recorded as a reduction of other comprehensive income.

At December 31, 2009, CDO B had experienced $139.0 million in defaulting collateral, representing 24.0% of the security’s underlying collateral. In addition, the Company did not receive its past two scheduled interest payments because the security is adding interest to the principal rather than paying out. Projected credit loss severity assumptions were increased in estimated future cash flow scenarios and it was determined that management does not expect to recover $113,000 of the security’s amortized cost. The Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges totaling $1.8 million, representing the difference between the security’s fair value and book value. The portion deemed to be credit related of $113,000 has been recorded as a reduction to noninterest income, while the non-credit portion of $1.7 million has been recorded as a reduction of other comprehensive income. Management will continue to monitor these securities for further potential impairment.

The decline in fair value of the remaining available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position is due to a substantial widening of interest rate spreads across market sectors related to the continued illiquidity and uncertainty of the securities markets. Management believes that it will recover the amortized cost basis of the securities and that it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the securities before recovery. Additionally, management has no intent to sell the securities before recovery. As such, management has determined that the securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2009. If market conditions for securities worsen or the creditworthiness of the underlying issuers deteriorates, it is possible that the Company may recognize additional other-than-temporary impairments in future periods. The Company’s remaining securities in an unrealized loss position were deemed not to be other-than-temporarily impaired after considering the aforementioned factors. In addition, the Company has the intent and ability to hold securities with unrealized losses until recovery or maturity and believes it will continue to receive all contractual principal and interest payments.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Bank has purchased BOLI to protect itself against the loss of key employees due to death and to offset the Bank’s future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefit plans. During 2008, the Bank purchased an additional $3.5 million of BOLI. The cash surrender value of these life insurance policies was $30.0 million and $28.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Deposits and Borrowings

The Bank continues to concentrate its time and efforts towards its deposit-gathering network. The Bank’s total deposits increased on a net basis by $56.1 million, or 5.4%, during 2009, to $1.1 billion for 2009 from $1.0 billion for 2008. CD balances decreased $36.3 million, or 8.6%, and savings accounts decreased by $13.9 million, or 3.6%, in 2009. Additionally, money market accounts were up $60.6 million, or 1,364.0%, demand deposit accounts were up $27.8 million, or 15.7%, and NOW accounts were up $17.9 million, or 31.5%. Core deposit accounts as a percentage of total deposits increased to 64.8% at December 31, 2009 as compared to 59.4% at December 31, 2008.

By comparison, total deposits increased $27.4 million, or 2.7%, during 2008 and can be summarized as follows: savings accounts decreased $15.7 million, or 4.0%, demand deposit accounts increased $3.9 million, or 2.2%, CDs increased $49.4 million, or 13.2%, NOW accounts decreased $8.5 million, or 13.0%, and money market accounts decreased $1.6 million, or 26.6%, during 2008.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding deposits:


	December 31,
	2009								2008								2007
			Percent			Weighted					Percent			Weighted					Percent			Weighted
			of			Average					of			Average					of			Average
	Amount		Total			Rate			Amount		Total			Rate			Amount		Total			Rate
	(Dollars in thousands)
NOW accounts	$	74,558		6.8	%		0.09	%	$	56,703		5.5	%		0.10	%	$	65,191		6.4	%		0.60	%
Money market accounts		65,076		5.9	%		1.10	%		4,445		0.4	%		0.39	%		6,054		0.6	%		2.32	%
Savings accounts		367,225		33.4	%		0.64	%		381,106		36.6	%		1.46	%		396,838		39.1	%		3.01	%
Certificate of deposit accounts		387,144		35.3	%		1.80	%		423,443		40.6	%		3.29	%		374,063		36.9	%		4.46	%


Total interest bearing deposits		894,003		81.4	%		1.13	%		865,697		83.1	%		2.26	%		842,146		83.0	%		3.46	%
Noninterest bearing accounts		204,281		18.6	%		0.00	%		176,495		16.9	%		0.00	%		172,634		17.0	%		0.00	%


Total deposits	$	1,098,284		100.0	%		0.92	%	$	1,042,192		100.0	%		1.89	%	$	1,014,780		100.0	%		2.86	%

At December 31, 2009, CDs with balances greater than $100,000 aggregated $130.5 million, compared to $127.1 million and $116.7 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Total borrowings, excluding subordinated deferrable interest debentures, increased $30.7 million, or 10.0%, during 2009, to $337.4 million, from $306.6 million at December 31, 2008. The Company had $318.3 million of borrowings outstanding at the end of 2007. The Bank’s wholesale repurchase agreements at December 31, 2009 totaled $20.0 million, compared to $10.0 million at December 31, 2008. The Bank may utilize wholesale repurchase agreement funding or brokered CDs in the future if spreads are favorable compared to FHLB borrowings.

On a long-term basis, the Company intends to continue concentrating on increasing its core deposits, and will utilize FHLB borrowings, brokered deposits, Federal Reserve discount window borrowings, or wholesale repurchase agreements as cash flows dictate, as opportunities present themselves and as part of the Bank’s overall strategy to manage interest rate risk.

Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures

In September 2007, the Company redeemed $5.2 million of subordinated deferrable interest debentures, which were held by BRI Statutory Trust II. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $13.4 million outstanding of subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued to its three statutory trust subsidiaries. The statutory trust subsidiaries have then participated in the issuance of pooled trust preferred securities. The regulatory capital generated from issuing the trust preferred securities helped support the Company’s continued asset growth.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Liquidity is defined as the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. The Company further defines liquidity as the ability to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers, as well as to earnings enhancement opportunities, in a changing marketplace.

The primary source of funds for the payment of dividends and expenses by the Company is dividends paid to it by the Bank. Bank regulatory authorities generally restrict the amounts available for payment of dividends if the effect thereof would cause the capital of the Bank to be reduced below applicable capital requirements. These restrictions indirectly affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends. The primary sources of liquidity for the Bank consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, borrowed funds, maturing investment securities and sales of securities from the available for sale portfolio. While management believes that these sources are sufficient to fund the Bank’s lending and investment activities, the availability of these funding sources are subject to broad economic conditions and could be restricted in the future. Such restrictions would impact the Company’s immediate liquidity and/or additional liquidity.

Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies and tactics to meet these targets. In general, the Company maintains a high degree of flexibility with a liquidity target of 10% to 30% of total assets. At December 31, 2009 overnight investments and available for sale securities amounted to $383.8 million, or 24.1% of total assets. This compares to $327.5 million, or 21.4% of total assets, at December 31, 2008. The Bank is a member of the FHLB and, as such, has access to both short- and long-term borrowings. The Bank also has access to funding through wholesale repurchase agreements and may utilize additional sources of funding in the future, including FRB borrowings and/or issuance of senior unsecured debt. Management believes that the Company has adequate liquidity to meet its commitments.

Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

The following table sets forth the contractual obligations of the Company:


	Payments due or commitments expiring - by period
			Less than		One to		Four to		After
	Total		one year		three years		five years		five years
	(In thousands)
Contractual cash obligations:
FHLB term borrowings	$	277,183	$	53,584	$	69,000	$	23,400	$	131,199
Subordinated deferrable interest debentures		13,403		—		—		—		13,403
Lease obligations		12,281		1,432		1,400		1,412		8,037
Other:
Treasury, tax and loan payments		1,803		1,803		—		—		—
Retail repurchase agreements		36,991		36,991		—		—		—
FHLB short-term borrowings		1,377		1,377		—		—		—
Wholesale repurchase agreements		20,000		10,000		10,000		—		—


Total contractual cash obligations	$	363,038	$	105,187	$	80,400	$	24,812	$	152,639


Other commitments:
Commitments to originate or purchase loans	$	19,425	$	19,425	$	—	$	—	$	—
Unused lines of credit and other commitments		200,274		88,705		35,294		642		75,633
Letters of credit and standby letters of credit		4,605		3,481		1,124		—		—
Forward commitments to originate leases for sale		458		458		—		—		—
Supplemental retirement benefits		3,958		—		—		382		3,576


Total other commitments	$	228,720	$	112,069	$	36,418	$	1,024	$	79,209

In connection with the Macrolease acquisition, the Company has an obligation to issue 7,317 shares of common stock in 2010 based upon Macrolease achieving certain performance targets during 2009 and has an obligation to issue up to an additional 11,483 shares of its common stock, contingent upon Macrolease reaching specified performance criteria through April 30, 2010.

Capital Resources

Total shareholders’ equity of the Company at December 31, 2009 was $120.7 million, as compared to $149.1 million at December 31, 2008. This decrease of $28.4 million was primarily attributable to the repayment of the U.S. Treasury’s $30.0 million investment pursuant to the CPP. Equity was also impacted by net income of $5.5 million, stock option activity (stock option exercises, share-based compensation and related tax benefits and Macrolease lease acquisition) of $861,000 and $847,000 of unrealized holding net gains on available for sale securities offset by common stock dividends paid of $3.1 million, repurchase of the warrant to purchase common stock of $1.4 million, preferred stock dividends paid of $892,000 and shares tendered of $254,000.

Additionally, the Company had a stock repurchase program authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors, which enabled the Company to proactively manage its capital position. The program, which was initially approved on April 18, 2006, authorized the Company to repurchase up to 245,000 shares of its common stock from time to time through open market or privately negotiated purchases. On November 26, 2007, the Company expanded the stock repurchase program to 345,000 shares and also adopted a written purchase plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act. Under the program, the Company repurchased 344,800 shares at a total cost of $11.8 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Also see Part II, Item 5 — Market for the Company’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities, included on page 25 of this annual report.

On August 5, 2009, the Company repurchased the U.S. Treasury Department’s $30.0 million preferred stock investment and exited the CPP. The Company repurchased all 30,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, for $30.0 million plus $333,000 of accrued dividends through the date of repurchase. The repurchase of the preferred stock resulted in the recognition of $1.3 million in prepayment charges on the discount associated with its issuance. As part of the CPP, the Company also issued the U.S. Treasury a warrant to purchase 192,967 shares of common stock with an initial exercise price of $23.32 per share. On September 30, 2009, the Company repurchased the warrant for $1.4 million.

While the Company was not required to raise additional capital in order to repay the CPP funds, the Board believed it was prudent to assure access to capital on reasonable terms should economic conditions continue or deteriorate. Also, the Board believed that a commitment for additional capital would provide the Company with increased flexibility in responding to market developments.

For these reasons, the Company entered into a Standby Commitment Letter Agreement on August 5, 2009 with a trust of which Malcolm G. Chace, the Company’s Chairman of the Board and owner of more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, is a trustee and beneficiary. Pursuant to this commitment, the Company will have the right, exercisable at any time through February 5, 2011, to require the Chace Trust to purchase up to $8.0 million of trust preferred securities to be issued by a trust subsidiary of the Company. At the time of the purchase of the trust preferred securities, the Company would purchase all of the common securities of its trust subsidiary, in an amount equal to at least 3% of the total capital of the trust subsidiary. The trust subsidiary would in turn use the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred and the common securities to acquire floating rate junior subordinated notes of the Company. Under the terms of the commitment agreement, the Chace Trust deposited and must maintain at least $9.2 million of cash and/or securities in a control account to secure the its obligation to purchase the trust preferred securities at the option of the Company. If and when issued, the trust preferred securities will bear interest at a rate equal to the 3-Month LIBOR plus 7.98%, subject to a maximum annual rate of 14.00%. As consideration for the commitment, the Company paid a $320,000 commitment fee to the Chace trust, representing 4% of the maximum commitment.

All FDIC-insured institutions must meet specified minimal capital requirements. These regulations require banks to maintain a minimum leverage capital ratio. At December 31, 2009 the Bank’s Tier I Leverage Ratio stood at 7.54%. In addition, the FDIC has adopted capital guidelines based upon ratios of a bank’s capital to total assets adjusted for risk. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. These regulations require banks to maintain minimum capital levels for capital adequacy purposes and higher capital levels to be considered “well-capitalized.” According to these standards, the Bank had a Tier I risk-weighted capital ratio of 10.55% and a total risk-weighted capital ratio of 11.81% at December 31, 2009.

The FRB has also issued capital guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines require the Company to maintain minimum capital levels for capital adequacy purposes. In general, the FRB has adopted substantially identical capital adequacy guidelines as the FDIC. Such standards are applicable to bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. At December 31, 2009, the Company’s Tier I Leverage Ratio was 7.65%, its Tier I Risk-based capital ratio was 10.71% and its Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 11.97%.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company and the Bank met all applicable minimum capital requirements and were considered “well-capitalized” by both the FRB and the FDIC.

At December 31, 2009, the Company had $13.4 million of trust preferred securities outstanding; the proceeds of which the Company has utilized as Tier I capital to help support the Company’s growth. See Note 14 — Company-Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Securities and Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included on page F-26 in this report for further information.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, included elsewhere herein, have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on the Company’s performance than the general level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as inflation.

Recent Accounting Developments

See Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included on page F-8 in this report for details of recent accounting developments and their expected impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Asset and Liability Management

The principal objective of the Company’s asset and liability management process is to maximize profit potential while minimizing the vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates by managing the ratio of interest rate sensitive assets to interest rate sensitive liabilities within specified maturity or repricing periods. The asset and liability management process is dependent on numerous assumptions, many of which require significant judgments by the Company. The Company’s actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of the Bank’s Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) that is comprised of members of senior management. The ALCO generally meets monthly and is actively involved in formulating the economic assumptions that the Company uses in its financial planning and budgeting process and establishes policies which control and monitor the sources, uses and pricing of funds.

The ALCO manages the Company’s interest rate risk position using both income simulation and interest rate sensitivity “gap” analysis. Income simulation is the primary tool for measuring the interest rate risk inherent in the Company’s balance sheet at a given point in time by showing the effect on net interest income, over a 12-month period, of interest rate shocks of up to 300 bps. These simulations take into account repricing, maturity and prepayment characteristics of individual products. The ALCO reviews simulation results to determine whether the exposure to income resulting from changes in market interest rates remains within established tolerance levels over a 12-month horizon, and develops appropriate strategies to manage this exposure. The Company’s guidelines for interest rate risk specify that if interest rates were to shift immediately up or down 300 bps over a 12-month period, estimated net interest income should decline by no more than 15.0%. Due to the low interest rate environment at December 31, 2009, interest rate shocks down were not performed. As of December 31, 2009, net interest income simulation indicated that the Company’s exposure to changing interest rates was within the aforementioned tolerances. The ALCO reviews the methodology utilized for calculating interest rate risk exposure and may periodically adopt modifications to this methodology.

The following table presents the estimated impact of interest rate shocks on estimated net interest income over a 12-month period beginning January 1, 2010:


	Estimated impact on
	net interest income
	Dollar			Percent
	change			change
	(Dollars in thousands)

Initial Twelve Month Period:
Up 300 basis point shock	$	(2,632	)		-4.99	%

The Company also uses interest rate sensitivity “gap” analysis to provide a more general overview of its interest rate risk profile. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds interest rate sensitive assets. At December 31, 2009, the Company’s cumulative one-year gap was a positive $105.0 million, or 6.6% of total assets, compared to a positive $155.5 million, or 10.2% of total assets, at the end of 2008.

The following table presents the repricing schedule for interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at December 31, 2009. To the extent applicable, amounts of assets and liabilities that mature or reprice within a particular period were determined in accordance with their contractual terms. Investment securities are allocated based upon expected call dates. Loans and certain available for sale securities have been allocated based upon expected amortization and prepayment rates based on historical performance and market expectations. Savings, NOW and money market deposit accounts, which have no contractual term and are subject to immediate repricing, are anticipated to behave more like core accounts and therefore are presented as spread evenly over the first three years. Nonetheless, this presentation does not reflect lags that may occur in the actual repricing of these deposits.


	Within			Over			Over Six			Over One
	Three			Three to			to Twelve			Year to			Over
	Months			Six months			months			Five Years			Five Years			Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Overnight investments	$	1,964		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	1,964
Available for sale securities		44,466			45,234			40,057			154,454			90,664			374,875
FHLB Stock		16,274			—			—			—			—			16,274
Commercial loans and leases		204,809			44,439			87,326			363,743			19,036			719,353
Residential mortgage loans		21,627			22,147			54,780			53,748			15,887			168,189
Consumer and other loans		91,438			7,098			13,043			63,057			29,853			204,489


Total interest-earning assets		380,578			118,918			195,206			635,002			155,440			1,485,144


Interest-bearing liabilities:
NOW accounts		6,213			6,213			12,426			49,706			—			74,558
Money market accounts		5,423			5,423			10,846			43,384			—			65,076
Savings accounts		30,701			30,701			61,401			244,422			—			367,225
Certificate of deposit accounts		180,259			58,126			67,843			80,969			20			387,217
Overnight & short-term borrowings		40,171			—			—			—			—			40,171
Wholesale repurchase agreements		10,000			—			—			10,000			—			20,000
FHLB and other borrowings		30,120			23,666			207			94,240			128,949			277,182
Subordinated deferrable interest debentures		10,000			—			—			—			3,403			13,403

Total interest-bearing liabilities		312,887			124,129			152,723			522,721			132,372			1,244,832

Net interest sensitivity gap during the period	$	67,691		$	(5,211	)	$	42,483		$	112,281		$	23,068		$	240,312


Cumulative gap — December 31, 2009	$	67,691		$	62,480		$	104,963		$	217,244		$	240,312

Cumulative gap — December 31, 2008	$	198,220		$	174,801		$	155,460		$	230,525		$	235,220

Interest-sensitive assets as a percent of Interest-sensitive liabilities (cumulative)		121.63	%		114.30	%		117.80	%		119.53	%		119.30	%

Cumulative gap as a percent of total assets		4.26	%		3.93	%		6.60	%		13.66	%		15.11	%

The preceding table does not necessarily indicate the impact of general interest rate movements on the Company’s net interest income because the repricing of various assets and liabilities is discretionary and is subject to competitive and other factors. As a result, assets and liabilities indicated as repricing within the same period may, in fact, reprice at different times and at different rate levels.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The index to financial statements is included on page 57 of this annual report.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE

There were no changes in, or disagreements with, accountants on accounting or financial disclosure as defined by Item 304 of Regulation S-K.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

We have adopted and maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), we have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision of and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures for the period covered by this report were effective.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness, as of December 31, 2009 of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. KPMG, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued its report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, which report is set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

There was no significant change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company continues to enhance its internal controls over financial reporting, primarily by evaluating and enhancing process and control documentation. Management discusses with and discloses these matters to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors and the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

There is no other information to report.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information concerning directors required by this item, including the Audit Committee and the Audit Committee financial expert, is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

The following table sets forth the executive officers of the Company as of the date hereof.


Name	Age		Position

Merrill W. Sherman		61	President and Chief Executive Officer
Linda H. Simmons		50	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Mark J. Meiklejohn		46	Vice President
Robert H. Wischnowsky		53	Vice President
Daniel W. West		68	President of Macrolease Corporation

Merrill W. Sherman. Ms. Sherman has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Bank since their formation. Prior to that time, Ms. Sherman had served as president and chief executive officer of two other New England banks, and had been a partner in a major regional law firm.

Linda H. Simmons. Ms. Simmons has served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company and Bank since July 2005 and served as the Bank’s Executive Vice President — Finance and Treasurer from September 2004 to July 2005. From 1995 until joining the Bank, Ms. Simmons was with Fleet Financial Corp.’s Treasury Group where she held various positions with responsibilities in the asset/liability management area.

Mark J. Meiklejohn. Mr. Meiklejohn has served as Vice President of the Company since February 2008 and Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank since November 2007. Mr. Meiklejohn joined the Bank as Senior Vice President and Corporate Banking Director of the Bank in January 2006. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Meiklejohn was a senior vice president for middle market lending at Citizens Bank in Providence, Rhode Island, where he was employed since 1999.

Robert H. Wischnowsky. Mr. Wischnowsky has served as Vice President of the Company and Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Bank since December 2008. From 2004 until joining the Bank, Mr. Wischnowsky was chief information officer and senior vice president of information systems at Tercet Capital, LLC. From 1985 to 2004, Mr. Wischnowsky held various information technology positions at FleetBoston Financial Corporation and its predecessor Fleet companies, including executive vice president and chief technology officer.

Daniel W. West. Mr. West has served as President of Macrolease Corporation, the Bank’s equipment financing subsidiary, since its formation in May 2005. Prior to joining the Company, he was the president of Macrolease International Corporation.

Code of Ethics and Governance Principles

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics which applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company and the Bank, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), Controller and Chief Auditor, as supplemented by a Code of Ethical Conduct for Executive Officers and Senior Financial Officers, which meets the requirements of a “code of ethics” as defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K. The Company’s Board of Directors has also adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines and Principles (“the Guidelines”), which along with the charters of Board committees provide the framework for the governance of the Company. The Company will provide a copy of the Codes, the Guidelines and/or committee charters to shareholders, without charge, upon request directed to the Investor Relations Contact listed on the Company’s website, http://www.bankri.com, under “Investor Relations.” The Company has posted the Codes, the Guidelines and the committee charters on the Company’s website under “Investor Relations/Governance Documents.” The Company intends to disclose any amendment to, or waiver of, a provision of the Codes for the CEO, CFO, Controller or persons performing similar functions by posting such information on its website and filing a Form 8-K as required by the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market ^SM.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Compensation of Directors”, “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Compensation Committee Report” and “Executive Compensation” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

The information set forth under the heading “Compensation Committee Report” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement is furnished and shall not be deemed as filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act and is not deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Sections entitled “Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth information about the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2009:

Number of Securities

Number of Securities to

Weighted-Average

Remaining Available for

be Issued Upon Exercise

Exercise Price of

Future Issuance Under

of Outstanding Options,

Outstanding Options,

Equity Compensation

Plan category

Warrants and Rights

Plans

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders

274,746

(1)

$28.39

118,085

(2)

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders

—

Not applicable

—

Total

274,746

$28.39

118,085


(1)		Includes 231,746 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding awards granted under the Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and predecessor plan (Amended and Restated Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. 1996 Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Option Plan) and 43,000 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding awards granted under the Amended and Restated Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan.

(2)		Includes 93,085 shares reserved for awards under the Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and predecessor plan and 25,000 shares reserved for awards under the Amended and Restated Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan.

Additional information regarding these equity compensation plans is contained in Note 16 — Employee and Director Benefits to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Transactions with Management” and “Election of Directors” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Section entitled “Independent Accountant Fees and Services” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) (1) Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements appear in response to Item 8 of this report commencing on the page numbers specified below:


Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting			F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting			F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008			F-4

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007			F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007			F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007			F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-8

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

(3) Exhibits


Exhibit No.		Description

	3.1	Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).

	3.2	By-laws of the Company, as amended (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

	10.1	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Merrill W. Sherman dated February 20, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).^†

	10.1(a)	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement of Merrill W. Sherman dated as of March 6, 2008 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1(a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report for the period ended March 31, 2008).^†

	10.1(b)	Letter Agreement of Merrill W. Sherman dated December 15, 2008 related to CPP restrictions (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).^†


Exhibit No.		Description

	10.2	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Linda H. Simmons dated February 20, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).^†

	10.2(a)	Letter Agreement of Linda H. Simmons dated December 15, 2008 related to CPP restrictions (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).^†

	10.3	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of James V. DeRentis dated February 20, 2007 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).^†

	10.3 (a)	Letter Agreement of James V. DeRentis dated December 15, 2008 related to CPP restrictions (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).^†

	10.4	Amended and Restated 1996 Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000).^†

	10.5	Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2000).^†

	10.5(a)	Amendment to Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6(a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002).^†

	10.5(b)	Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2006).^†

	10.5(c)	Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009).^†

	10.6	Bank Rhode Island Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).^†

	10.6(a)	Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6(a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2009).^†

	10.6(b)	Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6(b) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2009).^†

	10.7	Bank Rhode Island Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended by Amendment No. 1 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, SEC File No. 333-33182).^†

	10.7(a)	Amendment No. 2 to Bank Rhode Island Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.8(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).^†

	10.7(b)	Amendment No. 3 to Bank Rhode Island Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).^†

	10.7(c)	Amendment No. 4 to Bank Rhode Island Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).^†

	10.7(d)	Amendment No. 5 to Bank Rhode Island Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).^†


Exhibit No.		Description

	10.8(a)	Executive Incentive Bonus Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 9, 2005).^†

	10.8(b)	Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (2008 and thereafter) (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 28, 2008).^†

	10.9	Executive Employment Agreement of Mark J. Meiklejohn dated as of April 28, 2008 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2008).^†

	10.9(a)	Letter Agreement of Mark J. Meiklejohn dated December 15, 2008 related to CPP restrictions (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.9(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).^†

	10.10	Executive Annual Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 22, 2010).^†

	10.11	Form of Bank Rhode Island Split Dollar Agreement (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2002).^†

	10.12	2002 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 15, 2005).^†

	10.13	Executive Employment Agreement of Robert H. Wischnowsky dated as of December 1, 2008 (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).^†

	10.13(a)	Letter Agreement of Robert H. Wischnowsky dated December 15, 2008 related to CPP restrictions (Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.13(a) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008).^†

	11	Computation of Earnings per Share.⁽¹⁾

	12.1	Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges for periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

	12.2	Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends for periods ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

	21	List of Subsidiaries (as of December 31, 2009).

	23	Consent of KPMG LLP, as independent registered public accountants for the Company.

	31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes — Oxley Act of 2002.

	31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes — Oxley Act of 2002.

	32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes — Oxley Act of 2002.

	32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes — Oxley Act of 2002.


⁽¹⁾		The calculation of earnings per share is set forth as Note 20 — Earnings per Share to the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.

†		Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


	BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.
Date: March 16, 2010	By:	/s/ Merrill W. Sherman
		Merrill W. Sherman
		President and Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Merrill W. Sherman or Linda H. Simmons, or either of them, each acting alone, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities in connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2009, to sign any and all amendments to the Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


/s/ Merrill W. Sherman Merrill W. Sherman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Anthony F. Andrade Anthony F. Andrade, Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ John R. Berger John R. Berger, Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Richard L. Bready Richard L. Bready, Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Malcolm G. Chace Malcolm G. Chace, Director and Chairman of the Board Date: March 16, 2010


/s/ Linda H. Simmons Linda H. Simmons, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Ernest J. Chornyei, Jr. Ernest J. Chornyei, Jr., Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Meredith A. Curren Meredith A. Curren, Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Mark R. Feinstein Mark R. Feinstein, Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Edward J. Mack Edward J. Mack, Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Michael E. McMahon Michael E. McMahon, Director Date: March 16, 2010


/s/ Tiffany R. Sy Tiffany R. Sy, Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Bogdan Nowak Bogdan Nowak, Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Cheryl W. Snead Cheryl W. Snead, Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ Pablo Rodriguez Pablo Rodriguez, Director Date: March 16, 2010

/s/ John A. Yena John A. Yena, Director Date: March 16, 2010

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Management’s Report on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting

The management of Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment we believe that, as of December 31, 2009, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

The Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page F-2 of this annual report.


/s/ Merrill W. Sherman President and Chief Executive Officer		/s/ Linda H. Simmons Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

F-1

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc.:

We have audited Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc.’s (the “Company’”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commissions (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commissions (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, and our report dated March 16, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP
Providence, Rhode Island

March 16, 2010

F-2

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Notes 2 and 6 of the consolidated financial statements, as of April 2009, the Company changed its method of evaluating other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities to comply with the new accounting requirements issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 16, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP
Providence, Rhode Island

March 16, 2010

F-3

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets


	December 31,
	2009			2008
	(In thousands)
Assets
Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	18,866		$	54,344
Overnight investments		1,964			1,113

Total cash and cash equivalents		20,830			55,457
Available for sale securities (amortized cost of $380,108 and $325,767, respectively)		381,839			326,406
Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston		16,274			15,671
Loans and leases receivable:
Commercial loans and leases		732,397			658,422
Residential mortgage loans		173,294			212,665
Consumer and other loans		206,156			206,655

Total loans and leases receivable		1,111,847			1,077,742

Allowance for loan and lease losses		(16,536	)		(14,664	)

Net loans and leases receivable		1,095,311			1,063,078
Premises and equipment, net		12,378			12,641
Goodwill, net		12,239			12,019
Accrued interest receivable		4,964			5,240
Investment in bank-owned life insurance		30,010			28,765
Prepaid expenses and other assets		16,101			8,901

Total assets	$	1,589,946		$	1,528,178


Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Liabilities:
Deposits:
Demand deposit accounts	$	204,281		$	176,495
NOW accounts		74,558			56,703
Money market accounts		65,076			4,445
Savings accounts		367,225			381,106
Certificate of deposit accounts		387,144			423,443

Total deposits		1,098,284			1,042,192
Overnight and short-term borrowings		40,171			57,676
Wholesale repurchase agreements		20,000			10,000
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston borrowings		277,183			238,936
Subordinated deferrable interest debentures		13,403			13,403
Other liabilities		20,244			16,881

Total liabilities		1,469,285			1,379,088

Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, par value $0.01, authorized 1,000,000 shares, liquidation preference per share $1,000:
Issued and outstanding: Issued (0 and 30,000 shares, respectively)		—			28,595
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized 11,000,000 shares: Issued: (4,969,444 and 4,926,920 shares, respectively)		50			49
Additional paid-in capital		72,783			73,323
Treasury stock, at cost (364,750 and 352,250 shares respectively)		(12,309	)		(12,055	)
Retained earnings		59,012			58,763
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net		1,125			415

Total shareholders’ equity		120,661			149,090

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	1,589,946		$	1,528,178

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income:
Loans and leases	$	59,753		$	63,002		$	67,038
Mortgage-backed securities		13,357			13,655			11,166
Investment securities		2,157			2,767			5,707
Overnight investments		10			264			1,103
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock dividends		—			610			1,056

Total interest and dividend income		75,277			80,298			86,070

Interest expense:
Deposits		14,868			21,579			29,230
Overnight and short-term borrowings		86			902			2,717
Wholesale repurchase agreements		551			540			602
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston borrowings		10,720			10,960			10,768
Subordinated deferrable interest debentures		730			949			1,509

Total interest expense		26,955			34,930			44,826

Net interest income		48,322			45,368			41,244
Provision for loan and lease losses		9,917			4,520			700

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses		38,405			40,848			40,544

Noninterest income:
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses on available for sale securities		(2,469	)		(219	)		—
Non-credit component of other-than-temporary losses recognized in other comprehensive income		2,085			—			—

Credit component of other-than-temporary impairment losses on available for sale securities		(384	)		(219	)		—

Service charges on deposit accounts		5,377			5,711			5,578
Income from bank-owned life insurance		1,245			1,080			1,038
Loan related fees		869			803			649
Commissions on nondeposit investment products		776			745			575
Net gains on lease sales and commissions on loans originated for others		408			454			1,216
Net gain on sale of available for sale securities		61			725			254
Other income		813			1,310			1,475

Total noninterest income		9,165			10,609			10,785

Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits		20,573			20,091			20,859
Occupancy		3,552			3,530			3,527
Data processing		2,640			2,816			2,850
Professional services		2,612			2,968			2,212
FDIC insurance		2,527			694			119
Marketing		1,318			1,607			1,562
Equipment		1,001			1,048			1,345
Loan workout and other real estate owned		688			543			190
Loan servicing		665			643			767
Other expenses		3,953			3,946			4,594

Total noninterest expense		39,529			37,886			38,025

Income before income taxes		8,041			13,571			13,304
Income tax expense		2,502			4,427			4,259

Net income		5,539			9,144			9,045

Preferred stock dividends		(892	)		(50	)		—
Accretion of preferred shares discount		(1,405	)		(8	)		—

Net income applicable to common shares	$	3,242		$	9,086		$	9,045


Weighted average shares outstanding — basic		4,604,308			4,561,396			4,793,055
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted		4,626,434			4,631,208			4,918,763

Per share data:
Basic earnings per common share	$	0.71		$	1.99		$	1.89
Diluted earnings per common share	$	0.70		$	1.96		$	1.84
Cash dividends declared per common share	$	0.68		$	0.66		$	0.62

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007


															Accumulated
															Other
						Additional						Retained			Comprehensive
	Preferred			Common		Paid-in			Treasury			Earnings,			Income/
	Stock			Stock		Capital			Stock			as Adjusted			(Loss)			Total
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Balance at December 31, 2006	$	—		$	48	$	67,960		$	—		$	46,576		$	(3,014	)	$	111,570
Net income					—		—			—			9,045			—			9,045
Other comprehensive income:
Unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale, net of taxes of $(1,586)																2,945			2,945

Comprehensive income																			11,990
Exercise of stock options		—			1		1,366			—			—			—			1,367
Treasury stock acquisitions		—			—		—			(10,189	)		—			—			(10,189	)
Share-based compensation		—			—		299			—			—			—			299
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options		—			—		498			—			—			—			498
Dividends on common stock ($0.62 per common share)		—			—		—			—			(2,942	)		—			(2,942	)

Balance at December 31, 2007		—			49		70,123			(10,189	)		52,679			(69	)		112,593
Net income					—		—			—			9,144			—			9,144
Other comprehensive income:
Unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale, net of taxes of $(438)																813			813
Reclassification adjustment, net of taxes of $177																(329	)		(329	)

Comprehensive income																			9,628
Exercise of stock options		—			—		562			—			—			—			562
Macrolease acquisition		—			—		656			—			—						656
Treasury stock acquisitions		—			—		—			(1,866	)		—			—			(1,866	)
Share-based compensation		—			—		380			—			—			—			380
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options		—			—		189			—			—			—			189
Issuance of preferred stock		28,587			—		—			—			—			—			28,587
Accretion of preferred stock discount		8			—		—			—			(8	)		—			—
Issuance of warrants		—			—		1,413			—			—			—			1,413
Dividends on preferred stock ($1.67 per preferred share)		—			—		—			—			(50	)		—			(50	)
Dividends on common stock ($0.66 per common share)		—			—		—			—			(3,002	)		—			(3,002	)

Balance at December 31, 2008		28,595			49		73,323			(12,055	)		58,763			415			149,090
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of taxes of ($77)													137			(137	)		—
Net income					—		—			—			5,539			.			5,539
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale, net of taxes of ($1,207)																2,242			2,242
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income, net of taxes of $21																(40	)		(40	)
Non-credit portion OTTI, net of taxes of $730																(1,355	)		(1,355	)

Comprehensive income																			6,386
Exercise of stock options		—			1		514			—			—			—			515
Macrolease acquisition		—			—		78			—			—						78
Repurchase of warrant		—			—		(1,400	)		—			—			—			(1,400	)
Redemption of preferred stock		(30,000	)				—			—									(30,000	)
Treasury stock acquisitions		—			—		—			(254	)		—			—			(254	)
Share-based compensation		—			—		180			—			—			—			180
Tax benefit from stock option exercises							88												88
Preferred stock discount accretion		123			—		—			—			(123	)		—			—
Prepayment charge on preferred stock discount		1,282			—		—			—			(1,282	)		—			—
Dividends on preferred stock ($29.73 per preferred share)		—			—		—			—			(892	)		—			(892	)
Dividends on common stock ($0.68 per common share)		—			—		—			—			(3,130	)		—			(3,130	)

Balance at December 31, 2009	$	—		$	50	$	72,783		$	(12,309	)	$	59,012		$	1,125		$	120,661

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	5,539		$	9,144		$	9,045
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net		(6,201	)		(3,252	)		(1,295	)
Provision for loan and lease losses		9,917			4,520			700
Income from bank-owned life insurance		(1,245	)		(1,080	)		(1,038	)
Net gains on lease sales		(326	)		(354	)		(1,024	)
Net gain on sale of available for sale securities		(61	)		(725	)		(254	)
Credit component of other-than-temporary impairment losses on available for sale securities		384			219			—
Net loss on sale of premises and equipment		—			3			50
Gain on sale of other real estate owned		(76	)		(64	)		—
Proceeds from sales of leases		1,476			11,557			22,829
Leases originated for sale		(1,287	)		(9,250	)		(25,071	)
Share-based compensation expense		180			380			299
Decrease in accrued interest receivable		276			1,317			198
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets		(6,818	)		(2,139	)		1,505
Increase in other liabilities		3,221			43			3,576

Net cash provided by operating activities		4,979			10,319			9,520

Cash flows from investing activities:
Available for sale securities:
Purchases		(221,868	)		(145,205	)		(96,776	)
Maturities and principal repayments		165,408			124,707			109,861
Proceeds from sales		1,880			30,543			254
Proceeds from sale of leases		10,428			—			—
Net increase in loans and leases		(46,747	)		(40,140	)		(28,196	)
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock		(603	)		—			859
Capital expenditures for premises and equipment		(1,186	)		(575	)		(2,011	)
Proceeds from disposition of other real estate owned		1,321			189			590
Purchase of bank-owned life insurance		—			(3,500	)		—

Net cash used in investing activities		(91,367	)		(33,981	)		(15,419	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits		56,092			27,412			(1,643	)
Net (decrease) increase in overnight and short-term borrowings		(8,882	)		(9,119	)		10,454
Proceeds from long-term borrowings		113,465			69,293			100,710
Repayment of long-term borrowings		(73,841	)		(71,862	)		(116,558	)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants		—			30,000			—
Redemption of preferred stock		(30,000	)		—			—
Repurchase of warrant		(1,400	)		—			—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		515			562			1,367
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options		88			189			498
Purchases of treasury stock		(254	)		(1,866	)		(10,189	)
Dividends on preferred stock		(892	)		(50	)		—
Dividends on common stock		(3,130	)		(3,002	)		(2,942	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		51,761			41,557			(18,303	)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(34,627	)		17,895			(24,202	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		55,457			37,562			61,764

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	20,830		$	55,457		$	37,562

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1) Organization

Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. (the “Company”), a Rhode Island corporation, is the holding company for Bank Rhode Island (the “Bank”). The Company has no significant assets other than the common stock of the Bank. For this reason, substantially all of the discussion in these Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements relates to the operations of the Bank and its subsidiaries.

The Bank is a commercial bank chartered as a financial institution in the State of Rhode Island. The Bank pursues a community banking mission and is principally engaged in providing banking products and services to businesses and individuals in Rhode Island and nearby areas of Massachusetts. The Bank is subject to competition from a variety of traditional and nontraditional financial service providers both within and outside of Rhode Island. The Bank offers its customers a wide range of business, commercial real estate, consumer and residential loans and leases, deposit products, nondeposit investment products, cash management, private banking and other banking products and services designed to meet the financial needs of individuals and small- to mid-sized businesses. The Bank also offers both commercial and consumer on-line banking products and maintains a web site at http://www.bankri.com. The Company and Bank are subject to the regulations of certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), subject to regulatory limits. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLB”).

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation — The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and to prevailing practices within the banking industry. The Company has one reportable operating segment. The following is a summary of the significant accounting and reporting policies used by management in preparing and presenting the consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates — In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and revenues and expenses for the period. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s estimates and judgment and are evaluated on an ongoing basis using historical experiences and other factors, including the current economic environment. Estimates and assumptions are adjusted when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets and declines in consumer spending have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in management’s estimates and assumptions. As future events cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from management’s estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, evaluation of investments for other-than-temporary impairment, review of goodwill for impairment and income taxes.

Principles of Consolidation — At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank Rhode Island, along with the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, BRI Investment Corp. (a Rhode Island passive investment company), Macrolease Corporation (an equipment financing company), Acorn Insurance Agency, Inc. (a licensed insurance agency) and BRI Realty Corp. (a real estate holding company). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers cash, due from banks, and overnight investments to be cash equivalents. Cash flows relating to deposits are presented net in the statements of cash flows.

Securities — Debt securities can be classified as trading, available for sale or held-to-maturity. Securities are classified as trading and carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings, if they are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the near term. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost only if the Company has the positive intent and the ability to hold these securities to maturity. Securities not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of estimated income taxes. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, all of the Company’s investment securities were classified as available for sale.

The Company performs regular analysis on the available for sale securities portfolio to determine whether a decline in fair value indicates that an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. Management considers various factors in making these determinations including the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, projected future cash flows, credit subordination and the creditworthiness, capital adequacy and near-term prospects of the issuers. Management also considers capital adequacy, interest rate risk, liquidity and business plans in assessing whether it is more likely than not that the Company will sell or be required to sell the securities before recovery.

F-8

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Interest income from debt securities is recorded on the accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized or accreted into income by the level yield method. Such amortization and accretion is recorded as an adjustment to interest income. FHLB stock is carried at cost. Dividend income from FHLB stock is recorded on the ex-dividend date. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recognized at the time of sale on a specific identification basis.

Loans and Leases Receivable — Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized premiums and discounts and net of deferred loan fees and/or costs, which are amortized as an adjustment to yield over the life of the related loans. When loans and leases are paid-off, the unamortized portion of premiums, discounts or net fees is recognized into income. Interest income is accrued on a level yield basis over the life of the loan. Estimated residual values for leased equipment were not material at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Leases that meet the direct finance lease criteria as defined by U.S. GAAP are recorded upon acceptance of the equipment by the customer. Unearned lease income represents the excess of the gross lease investment over the cost of the leased equipment, which is recognized over the lease term at a constant rate of return on the net investment in the lease.

Loan and lease origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, and premiums and discounts on loans purchased are recognized in interest income over the lives of the loans using a method approximating the interest method.

The Company also originates leases for sale in the secondary market. Accordingly, these leases are classified as held for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, determined on an aggregate basis. These leases are generally sold on a non-recourse basis, with gains or losses recognized upon the sale of leases determined on a specific identification basis. There were no leases held for sale at December 31, 2009. There were $156,000 of leases held for sale at December 31, 2008. The Company had commitments to fund leases held for sale and commitments to sell leases at December 31, 2008. These commitments are considered derivative instruments under U.S. GAAP; however, the fair values of these derivative instruments were insignificant.

Loans and leases on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated nonaccrual loans and leases. Accrual of interest income is discontinued when concern exists as to the collectability of principal or interest, or typically when a loan or lease becomes over 90 days delinquent. Additionally, when a loan or lease is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period income. Loans and leases (including restructured loans) are removed from nonaccrual when they are current and when concern no longer exists as to the collectability of principal or interest. Interest collected on nonaccruing loans and leases is either applied against principal or reported as income according to management’s judgment as to the collectability of principal.

Impaired loans and leases are those for which it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the agreements. Impairment is measured on a discounted cash flow method using the original contractual interest rate, or at an observable market price, or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. When foreclosure is probable, impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. In addition, the Bank classifies a loan or lease as an in-substance foreclosure when the Bank is in possession of the collateral prior to actually foreclosing.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses — The allowance for loan and lease losses is established for credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio through a charge to earnings. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level management considers appropriate to provide for the current inherent risk of loss based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio.

F-9

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

When management believes that the collectability of a loan or lease’s principal balance, or portions thereof, is unlikely, the principal amount is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Recoveries on loans and leases that have been previously charged-off are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses as received. Increases to the allowance for loan and leases are made by charges to provision for loan and lease losses.

Management’s methodology to estimate loss exposure inherent in the portfolio includes an analysis of individual loans or leases deemed to be impaired, reserve allocations for various loan and lease types based on payment status or loss experience and an unallocated allowance that is maintained based on management’s assessment of many factors including, but not limited to, the growth, composition and quality of the loan and lease portfolio, historical loss experience, industry loss experience and general economic conditions. While management evaluates currently available information in establishing the allowance for loan and lease losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan and losses may be necessary if conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluations. The factors supporting the allowance for loan and lease losses do not diminish the fact that the entire allowance for loan and lease losses is available to absorb losses in the loan and lease portfolios. The Company’s primary concern is the appropriateness of the total allowance for loan and lease losses. Management performs a comprehensive review of the allowance for loan and lease losses on a quarterly basis.

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review a financial institution’s allowance for loan and lease losses. Such agencies may require the financial institution to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Other Real Estate Owned — Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) consists of property acquired through foreclosure, real estate acquired through acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure and loans determined to be substantively repossessed. Real estate loans that are substantively repossessed include only those loans for which the Company has taken possession of the collateral, but has not completed legal foreclosure proceedings.

OREO, including real estate substantively repossessed, is stated at the lower of cost or fair value, minus estimated costs to sell, at the date of acquisition or classification to OREO status. Fair value of such assets is determined based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. Any write-down to fair value at the time of foreclosure is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. A valuation allowance is maintained for known specific and potential market declines and for estimated selling expenses. Increases to the valuation allowance, expenses associated with ownership of these properties, and gains and losses from their sale, are reflected in operations as incurred. Realized gains and losses upon disposal are recognized as adjustments to noninterest income or noninterest expense.

Premises and Equipment — Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed primarily by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the terms of the leases if shorter.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets except Goodwill — The Company reviews long-lived assets, including premises and equipment and other intangible assets, for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the remaining useful life may warrant revision or that the carrying amount of the long-lived asset may not be fully recoverable. The Company performs undiscounted cash flow analyses to determine if impairment exists. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Impairment losses on assets to be disposed of, if any, are based on the estimated proceeds to be received, less any costs of disposal.

Goodwill — Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized over an estimated life, but rather is tested at least annually for impairment. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of the Company to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of the Company exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not deemed to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, a further analysis is required to determine the amount of impairment, if any. The fair value of the Company was determined using market value comparisons for similar institutions, such as price to earnings multiples, price to book value multiples and price to tangible book value multiples. The fair value determined is compared to the Company’s market capitalization as an assessment of the appropriateness of the fair value estimates. In this comparison, the Company also considers the amount a market participant would pay to own an entire company rather than a piece of the company, or control premium, against control premiums observed in the market place. The Company’s valuation technique utilizes verifiable market multiples, as well as subjective assessment and interpretation. The application of different market multiples, or changes in judgment as to which market transactions are reflective of the Company’s specific characteristics, could affect the conclusions reached regarding possible impairment. In the event that the Company was to determine that its goodwill was impaired, the recognition of an impairment charge could have an adverse impact on its results of operations in the period that the impairment occurred or on its financial position.

F-10

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Bank-Owned Life Insurance — Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain current and former employees who have provided positive consent allowing the Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies. The Bank utilizes BOLI as tax-efficient financing for the Bank’s benefit obligations to its employees, including the Bank’s obligations under its Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans. Since the Bank is the primary beneficiary of the insurance policies, increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, are recorded in noninterest income and are not subject to income taxes. BOLI is recorded at the cash value of the policies, less any applicable cash surrender charges, and is reflected as an asset in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Bank reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the purchase of BOLI to ensure minimum credit ratings of at least investment grade. The financial strength of the carriers is reviewed at least annually and BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 10% of capital plus reserves.

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase — The Bank enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase with both the Bank’s commercial customers (“retail repurchase agreements”) and financial institutions (“wholesale repurchase agreements”). These agreements are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. Securities pledged as collateral under agreements to repurchase are reflected as assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Employee Benefits — The Bank maintains a Section 401(k) savings plan for employees of the Bank and its subsidiaries. Under the plan, the Bank makes a matching contribution of the amount contributed by each participating employee, up to 4% of the employee’s yearly salary, subject to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) limits. The Bank’s contributions are charged against current operations in the year made.

Share-Based Compensation — The Company maintains stock option plans as described more fully in Note 16 — Employee and Director Benefits. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the grant date fair value of share-based awards (primarily stock options for the Company) is recognized as an expense in the income statement. Share-based awards requiring future service are recognized as compensation expense over the relevant service period. Share-based awards that do not require future service (“vested awards”) are expensed immediately. The Company estimates expected forfeitures in determining compensation expense.

Income Taxes — The Company recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense during the period that includes the enactment date. Income tax-related interest and penalties are classified as a component of income tax expense.

The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions with a two-step process in accordance with U.S. GAAP. First, the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that an uncertain tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. Second, an uncertain tax position that meets the more likely than not threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Uncertain tax positions that previously failed to meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are recognized in the first subsequent reporting period in which the threshold is met. Previously recognized uncertain tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are derecognized in the first subsequent reporting period in which the threshold is no longer met.

Revenue Recognition — Noninterest income is recognized on the accrual basis of accounting.

Comprehensive Income — Comprehensive income is defined as all changes to equity except investments by and distributions to shareholders. Net income is a component of comprehensive income, with all other components referred to in the aggregate as “other comprehensive income.”

Earnings Per Share — Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then share in the earnings of the entity.

F-11

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Segment Reporting — An operating segment is defined as a component of a business for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and evaluate performance. The Company’s primary business is banking, which provided substantially all of its total revenues and pre-tax income in 2009, 2008 and 2007. Accordingly, disaggregated segment information is not presented in the notes to the financial statements.

Guarantees — Standby letters of credit, excluding commercial letters of credit and other lines of credit, are considered guarantees of the Bank. The Bank enters into a standby letter of credit to guarantee performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. Under the standby letters of credit, the Bank is required to make payments to the beneficiary of the standby letters of credit upon request by the beneficiary so long as all performance criteria have been met. Most guarantees extend up to one year.

Pledged collateral including cash, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, equipment and real estate supported all standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The collateral obtained is determined based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Should the Bank be required to make payments to the beneficiary of a letter of credit, repayment to the Bank is required. When cash collateral is present, the recourse provisions of the agreements allow the Bank to collect the cash used to collateralize the agreement. If any other business assets are used as collateral and cash is not available, the Bank creates a loan for the customer with the same criteria as its other lending activities. The standby letters of credit and the fair value of customer guarantees and cash collateral supporting the standby letters of credit are not reflected on the balance sheet.

Interest Rate Swaps — The Company utilizes interest rate swap contracts to help commercial loan borrowers manage their interest rate risk. The interest rate swap contracts with commercial loan borrowers allow them to convert floating rate loan payments to fixed rate loan payments. When the Company enters into an interest rate swap contract with a commercial loan borrower, the Company concurrently enters into a mirror swap contract with a third party. The third party exchanges the client’s floating rate loan payments for fixed rate payments. The Company records assets and liabilities reflecting the fair value of both the customer and the third party agreements adjusted for credit valuations. The Company did not have derivative fair value hedges or derivative cash flow hedges at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. See also Note 9 — Derivatives for further information.

Reclassifications — The Company made a reclassification adjustment at December 31, 2008 from additional paid-in capital to preferred stock to reflect the liquidation value of $30.0 million, less the preferred stock discount of $1.4 million, in connection with the Company’s issuance of preferred stock to the U.S. Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). The result of the reclassification was an increase of $28.6 million to preferred stock with a corresponding decrease to additional paid-in capital. Certain other amounts in the prior years’ financial statements may have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. Reclassifications did not have an effect on previously reported net income or total shareholders’ equity.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements — In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 168, “The FASB Accounting Standards Codification^TM and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles — a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162” (FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 105-10). With the issuance of SFAS No. 168 (ASC 105-10), the ASC became the single source of authoritative U.S. accounting and reporting standards applicable for all nongovernmental entities, with the exception of guidance issued by the SEC. SFAS No. 168 (ASC 105-10) is effective for financial statements issued for interim or annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. Technical references to U.S. GAAP included in the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements are provided using the terminology at the time of issuance. If the literature was not issued under the new ASC, parenthetical references to the ASC topic are provided. The Company expects that all references to pre-codification literature will be eliminated from its consolidated financial statements on January 1, 2010 upon the adoption of guidance that was issued prior to the ASC.

F-12

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations (Revised 2007)” (ASC 805-10). SFAS 141(R) replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. SFAS 141(R) (ASC 805-10) requires an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration is required to be recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount of that consideration may be determinable beyond a reasonable doubt. This fair value approach replaces the cost-allocation process required under SFAS No. 141 whereby the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value. SFAS 141(R) (ASC 805-10) requires acquirers to expense acquisition-related costs as incurred rather than allocating such costs to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as was previously the case under SFAS No. 141. Under SFAS 141(R) (ASC 805-10), the requirements of SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” (ASC 420-10) would have to be met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting. Pre-acquisition contingencies are to be recognized at fair value, unless it is a non-contractual contingency that is not likely to materialize, in which case, nothing should be recognized in purchase accounting and, instead, that contingency would be subject to the probable and estimable recognition criteria of SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (ASC 450-10). The adoption of SFAS 141(R) (ASC 805-10) on January 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51” (ASC 810-10). SFAS No. 160 (ASC 810-10) establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary. The adoption of SFAS No. 160 (ASC 810-10) on January 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (ASC 815-10). SFAS No. 161 (ASC 815-10) changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” (ASC 815-10) and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. See Note 9 — Derivatives.

In June 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) No. EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted In Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities” (ASC 260-10). FSP No. EITF 03-6-1 (ASC 260-10) concludes that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and must be included in the computation of basic earnings per share using the two-class method. The Company grants restricted stock which includes nonforfeitable rights to dividends. Unvested restricted stock awards are considered participating securities and, accordingly, are included in the basic earnings per share calculation for each year presented at Note 21 — Earnings per Share. The adoption of this FSP on January 1, 2009 did not have an impact on the Company’s previously reported earnings per share, financial position or results of operations.

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 141(R)-1, “Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies” (ASC 805-20). This FSP deals with the initial recognition and measurement of an asset acquired or a liability assumed in a business combination that arises from a contingency provided the asset or liability’s fair value on the date of acquisition can be determined. This FSP is effective for assets and liabilities from contingencies in business combinations that occur following the start of the first fiscal year that begins on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this FSP on January 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-4, “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly” (ASC 820-10). FSP No. FAS 157-4 (ASC 820-10) provides guidelines for a broad interpretation of when to apply market-based fair value measurements. The FSP reaffirms management’s need to use judgment to determine when a market that once was active has become inactive and in determining fair values in markets that are no longer active. The adoption of this FSP on April 1, 2009 impacted the method by which the Company determines fair value of its financial assets. Additionally, the adoption of this FSP expanded the disclosures relating to available for sale securities in the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 19 — Fair Value Measurements.

F-13

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

In April 2009, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments” (ASC 320-10) to amend the other-than-temporary impairment criteria associated with marketable debt securities and beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. This FSP requires that an entity evaluate for and record an other-than-temporary impairment when it concludes that it does not intend to sell an impaired security and does not believe it likely that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost basis. Once an entity has determined that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, it is required to record the credit loss component of the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the estimated fair value in earnings, whereas the remaining difference is to be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income and amortized over the remaining life of the security. The FSP also requires some additional disclosures regarding expected cash flows, credit losses and an aging of securities with unrealized losses. The adoption of this FSP on April 1, 2009 expanded the disclosures relating to available for sale securities in the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Additionally, the adoption of this FSP resulted in the reversal of a previously recognized other-than-temporary impairment through the Company’s retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income and impacted the results and presentation of an other-than-temporary impairment loss. See Note 6 — Available for sale Securities.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements — In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140” (ASC 860-10). SFAS No. 166 (ASC 860-10) eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity” (“QSPE”) from SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” (ASC 860-10), creates more stringent conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of financial assets as a sale, clarifies other sale-accounting criteria and changes the initial measurement of a transferor’s interest in transferred financial assets. SFAS No. 166 (ASC 860-10) also requires enhanced interim and year-end disclosures about a transferor’s continuing involvement with transfers of financial assets accounted for as sales, the risks inherent in the transferred financial assets that have been retained and the nature and financial effect of restrictions on the transferor’s assets that continue to be reported in the balance sheet. SFAS No. 166 (ASC 860-10) is effective for fiscal years and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 166 (ASC 860-10) on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” (ASC 810-10). SFAS No. 167 (ASC 810-10) addresses the effects of eliminating the QSPE concept from SFAS No. 140 (ASC 860-10), changes the approach to determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and requires companies to more frequently assess whether a VIE must be consolidated. SFAS No. 167 (ASC 810-10) also requires enhanced interim and year-end disclosures about the significant judgments and assumptions considered in determining whether a VIE must be consolidated, the nature of restrictions on a consolidated VIE’s assets, the risks associated with a company’s involvement with a VIE and how that involvement effects the company’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS No. 167 (ASC 810-10) is effective for fiscal years and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 167 (ASC 810-10) on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Instruments.” ASU No. 2010-06 amends ASC 820 to require additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Specifically, the ASU requires entities to disclose the amounts and reasons for significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, to disclose reasons for any transfers in or out of Level 3 and to separately disclose information in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. In addition, the ASU also amends ASC 820 to clarify certain existing disclosure requirements. Except for the requirement to disclose information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements separately, the amendments to ASC 820 made by ASU No. 2010-06 are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The requirement to separately disclose purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of recurring Level 3 measurements is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

(3) Correction of an Immaterial Error

The Company recorded an adjustment as of January 1, 2005 to correct an immaterial error related to deferred income taxes resulting from the temporary difference between book and tax depreciation. The correction reduced prepaid and other assets by $796,000, other liabilities by $281,000 and retained earnings by $515,000. The correction did not impact net income in any of the periods presented herein.

F-14

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(4) Business Combinations

On March 1, 1996, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities from Fleet Financial Group, Inc. and other related entities. This acquisition was accounted for utilizing the purchase method of accounting and generated $17.5 million of goodwill. This goodwill was amortized in the years prior to 2002, resulting in a net balance of $10.7 million.

On May 1, 2005, the Bank acquired certain operating assets from Macrolease International Corporation. This acquisition was accounted for utilizing the purchase method of accounting and has generated $1.5 million of goodwill. In connection with this acquisition, the Company has issued 32,732 shares of its common stock, 4,323 of which were issued in 2009, based upon Macrolease reaching specified performance criteria (“target”). In addition, 18,800 shares of the Company’s common stock may be issued over the next year contingent upon Macrolease reaching target.

(5) Restrictions on Cash and Due from Banks

The Bank is required to maintain average reserve balances in a noninterest-bearing account with the Federal Reserve Bank based upon a percentage of certain deposits. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the average amount required to be held was $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

(6) Available for sale Securities

The Company categorizes available for sale securities by major category. Major categories are determined by the nature and risks of the securities and consider, among other things, the issuing entity, type of investment and underlying collateral. The Company categorizes securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation as government sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) securities.

A summary of available for sale securities follows:


	Amortized		Unrealized					Fair
	Cost(1)		Gains		Losses			Value
	(In thousands)

At December 31, 2009:
GSE obligations	$	80,866	$	347	$	(287	)	$	80,926
Trust preferred collateralized debt obligations		2,550		—		(2,085	)		465
Collateralized mortgage obligations		45,641		697		(2,311	)		44,027
GSE mortgage-backed securities		251,051		6,353		(983	)		256,421


Total	$	380,108	$	7,397	$	(5,666	)	$	381,839


At December 31, 2008:
U.S. Treasury obligations	$	9,990	$	—	$	(2	)	$	9,988
GSE obligations		47,131		256		—			47,387
Corporate debt securities		2,001		—		(14	)		1,987
Trust preferred collateralized debt obligations		2,735		—		(1,255	)		1,480
Collateralized mortgage obligations		62,909		256		(2,415	)		60,750
GSE mortgage-backed securities		201,001		4,289		(476	)		204,814


Total	$	325,767	$	4,801	$	(4,162	)	$	326,406


(1)		Amortized cost is net of other-than-temporary impairment write-downs.

F-15

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table sets forth certain information regarding temporarily impaired available for sale securities:


	Less than One Year					One Year or Longer					Total
	Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized			Fair		Unrealized
	Value		Losses			Value		Losses			Value		Losses
	(In thousands)
At December 31, 2009:
GSE obligations	$	37,081	$	(287	)	$	—	$	—		$	37,081	$	(287	)
Trust preferred collateralized debt obligations		—		—			465		(2,085	)		465		(2,085	)
Collateralized mortgage obligations		5,520		(182	)		12,088		(2,129	)		17,608		(2,311	)
GSE mortgage-backed securities		69,310		(982	)		140		(1	)		69,450		(983	)

Total	$	111,911	$	(1,451	)	$	12,693	$	(4,215	)	$	124,604	$	(5,666	)


At December 31, 2008:
U.S. Treasury obligations	$	9,988	$	(2	)	$	—	$	—		$	9,988	$	(2	)
Corporate debt securities		1,987		(14	)		—		—			1,987		(14	)
Trust preferred collateralized debt obligations		—		—			1,480		(1,255	)		1,480		(1,255	)
Collateralized mortgage obligations		30,771		(1,385	)		10,343		(1,030	)		41,114		(2,415	)
GSE mortgage-backed securities		33,016		(350	)		2,662		(126	)		35,678		(476	)

Total	$	75,762	$	(1,751	)	$	14,485	$	(2,411	)	$	90,247	$	(4,162	)

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, $271.5 million and $272.9 million of available for sale securities were pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements, municipal deposits, treasury, tax and loan deposits, swap agreements, current and future Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLB”) borrowings and future Federal Reserve “discount window” borrowings.

The Company performs regular analysis on the available for sale securities portfolio to determine whether a decline in fair value indicates that an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. In making these other-than-temporary determinations, management considers, among other factors, the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, projected future cash flows, third party guarantees (if applicable), sector credit ratings and the creditworthiness, capital adequacy and near-term prospects of the issuers. In addition, management considers current levels of subordination (if applicable) and projected delinquencies, loss severity and prepayments in its other-than-temporary impairment determinations for collateralized mortgage obligations and GSE mortgage-backed securities. Management also considers the Company’s capital adequacy, interest rate risk, liquidity and business plans in assessing whether it is more likely than not that the Company will sell or be required to sell the securities before recovery.

If the Company determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary and that it is more likely than not that the Company will not sell or be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, the credit portion of the impairment loss is recognized in earnings and the noncredit portion is recognized in accumulated comprehensive income. The credit portion of the other-than-temporary impairment represents the difference between the amortized cost and the present value of the expected future cash flows of the security. If the Company determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary and it will more likely than not sell or be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost, the entire difference between the amortized cost and the fair value of the security will be recognized in earnings.

Upon adoption of FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 (ASC 320-10) in the second quarter of 2009, management reevaluated the other-than-temporary impairment that was previously recognized on CDO A at September 30, 2008. Management determined that it did not meet the criteria for other-than-temporary impairment as defined by FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 (ASC 320-10) because the amortized cost basis of the security was expected to be recovered, management had no intent to sell the security before recovery and it was more likely than not that the Company would not be required to sell the security before recovery. As a result, an adjustment of $137,000, representing the previously recognized other-than-temporary impairment charge, net of accretion recognized on impairment and tax effects, has been applied to the opening balance of retained earnings with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income.

F-16

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

During 2009, CDO A experienced an additional $25.0 million in defaulting collateral, totaling $69.0 million, or 24.9%, of the security’s underlying collateral. Projected credit loss severity assumptions were increased in estimated future cash flow scenarios and it was determined that management does not expect to recover $271,000 of the security’s amortized cost. In accordance with FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 (ASC 320-10), the Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges totaling $667,000, representing the difference between the security’s fair value and book value. The portion deemed to be credit related of $271,000 has been recorded as a reduction to noninterest income, while the non-credit portion of $396,000 has been recorded as a reduction of other comprehensive income.

At December 31, 2009, CDO B had experienced $139.0 million in defaulting collateral, representing 24.0% of the security’s underlying collateral. In addition, the Company did not receive its past two scheduled interest payment because the security is adding interest to the principal rather than paying out. Projected credit loss severity assumptions were increased in estimated future cash flow scenarios and it was determined that management does not expect to recover $113,000 of the security’s amortized cost. The Company recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges totaling $1.8 million, representing the difference between the security’s fair value and book value. The portion deemed to be credit related of $113,000 has been recorded as a reduction to noninterest income, while the non-credit portion of $1.7 million has been recorded as a reduction of other comprehensive income. Management will continue to monitor these securities for further potential impairment.

The decline in fair value of the remaining available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position is due to a widening of interest rate spreads across market sectors since their purchase and the continued illiquidity and uncertainty of the securities markets. Management believes that it will recover the amortized cost basis of the securities and that it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the securities before recovery. Additionally, management has no intent to sell the securities before recovery. As such, management has determined that the securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2009. If market conditions for securities worsen or the creditworthiness of the underlying issuers deteriorates, it is possible that the Company may recognize additional other-than-temporary impairments in future periods.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for credit losses on debt securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income:


	Credit Component of Other-Than-
	Temporary Impairment Losses For Which
	a Portion Was Recognized in Other
	Comprehensive Income
(In thousands)	2009			2008

Balance, January 1	$	—		$	—
Credit losses for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized		(384	)		—

Balance, December 31	$	(384	)	$	—

Under the guidelines of FSP No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2 (ASC 320-10), $1.2 million of non-credit other-than-temporary losses (net of taxes) were recorded as a reduction to accumulated other comprehensive income. Under the previous guidance, the Company’s pro forma net income, net income applicable to common shares, basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share would have been reported at $4.3 million, $2.0 million, $0.45 and $0.44, respectively.

F-17

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of available for sale securities and the weighted average yields of such securities:


								After One, But							After Five, But
	Within One Year							Within Five Years							Within Ten Years							After Ten Years
			Fair							Fair							Fair							Fair
	Cost(1)		Value		Yield(2)			Cost(1)		Value		Yield(2)			Cost(1)		Value		Yield(2)			Cost(1)		Value		Yield(2)
	(Dollars in thousands)
At December 31, 2009:
GSE obligations	$	—	$	—		0.00	%	$	75,866	$	76,013		2.74	%	$	5,000	$	4,913		3.20	%	$	—	$	—		0.00	%
Trust preferred securities		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%		2,550		465		3.63	%
Collateralized mortage obligations		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%		23,156		22,957		4.55	%		22,485		21,070		5.35	%
GSE mortgage-backed securities		—		—		0.00	%		1,548		1,604		4.75	%		23,589		24,624		4.70	%		225,914		230,193		4.51	%


Total	$	—	$	—		0.00	%	$	77,414	$	77,617		2.78	%	$	51,745	$	52,494		4.48	%	$	250,949	$	251,728		4.58	%


At December 31, 2008:
U.S. Treasury obligations	$	9,990	$	9,988		0.20	%	$	—	$	—		0.00	%	$	—	$	—		0.00	%	$	—	$	—		0.00	%
GSE obligations		5,000		5,013		4.11	%		42,131		42,374		4.03	%		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%
Corporate debt securities		2,001		1,987		4.87	%		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%
Trust preferred securities		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%		2,735		1,480		5.41	%
Collateralized mortage obligations		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%		20,867		20,408		4.43	%		42,042		40,343		5.23	%
GSE mortgage-backed securities		—		—		0.00	%		—		—		0.00	%		25,764		26,604		4.83	%		175,237		178,209		5.03	%


Total	$	16,991	$	16,988		1.90	%	$	42,131	$	42,374		4.03	%	$	46,631	$	47,012		4.65	%	$	220,014	$	220,032		5.07	%


(1)		Represents amortized cost of the available for sale securities.

(2)		Represents weighted average yield of the available for sale securities.

The weighted average remaining life of investment securities available for sale (defined as U.S. Treasury obligations, GSE obligations, corporate debt securities and trust preferred securities) at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was 4.4 years and 2.7 years, respectively. Included in the weighted average remaining life calculation at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $64.9 million and $42.1 million, respectively, of investment securities that are callable at the discretion of the issuer. These call dates were not utilized in computing the weighted average remaining life. The weighted average remaining life of mortgage-backed securities available for sale at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was 18.2 years and 18.4 years, respectively. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities due to scheduled amortization and prepayments.

The following table presents information relating to the gains and losses from sales of available for sale securities:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009		2008		2007
	(In thousands)

Amortized cost of available for sale securities sold	$	1,819	$	29,818	$	—
Gains (losses) realized on sales of available for sale securities		61		725		254


Net proceeds from sales of available for sale securities	$	1,880	$	30,543	$	254

F-18

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(7) Loans and Leases Receivable

The following is a summary of loans and leases receivable:


	December 31,
	2009			2008
	(In thousands)

Commercial loans and leases:
Commercial real estate — owner occupied	$	167,853		$	175,472
Commercial and industrial		178,808			164,569
Commercial real estate — nonowner occupied		170,148			133,782
Small business		56,148			50,464
Multi-family		66,350			53,159
Construction		23,405			22,300
Leases and other (1)		75,057			63,799

Subtotal		737,769			663,545
Unearned lease income		(7,693	)		(6,980	)
Net deferred loan origination costs		2,321			1,857

Total commercial loans and leases		732,397			658,422

Residential mortgage loans:
One- to four-family adjustable rate		115,855			126,689
One- to four-family fixed rate		56,724			85,057

Subtotal		172,579			211,746
Premium on loans acquired		738			953
Net deferred loan origination fees		(23	)		(34	)

Total residential mortgage loans		173,294			212,665

Consumer and other loans:
Home equity — term loans		119,909			127,142
Home equity — lines of credit		83,771			76,038
Unsecured and other		1,410			2,216

Subtotal		205,090			205,396
Net deferred loan origination costs		1,066			1,259

Total consumer and other loans		206,156			206,655

Total loans and leases receivable	$	1,111,847		$	1,077,742


(1)		Included within commercial loans and leases were $156,000 of leases held for sale at December 31, 2008. There were no leases held for sale at December 31, 2009.

The Bank’s commercial and consumer lending activities are conducted principally in the State of Rhode Island and, to a lesser extent, in nearby areas of Massachusetts. The Bank’s equipment lease financing subsidiary, Macrolease, is based in Long Island, NY, with borrowers located throughout the United States. The Bank originates commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, multi-family residential loans, equipment leases, residential mortgage loans and consumer loans (principally home equity loans and lines of credit) for its portfolio.

The Bank purchases one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and commercial leases from third party originators. These loans and leases may have been originated from areas outside of New England. Most loans made by the Bank are secured by borrowers’ personal or business assets. The Bank considers a concentration of credit risk to exist when the aggregate credit exposure to a borrower or group of borrowers in a single industry within a geographical region exceeds 25% of the Bank’s capital plus reserves. At December 31, 2009, the Bank did not have a concentration of credit risk. The ability of the Bank’s residential and consumer borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the level of overall economic activity within the area they reside.

Commercial borrowers’ ability to repay is generally dependent upon the general health of the economy and in cases of real estate loans, the real estate sector in particular. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changing conditions in the Rhode Island economy in particular, and the New England, northeast and national economies, in general.

F-19

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The Bank’s lending limit to any single borrowing relationship is limited by law to approximately $21.9 million. At December 31, 2009, the Bank had no outstanding commitments to any single borrowing relationship that were in excess of $15.0 million.

At December 31, 2009, the risk elements contained within the loan and lease portfolio were centered in $17.5 million of nonaccrual loans and leases. There were $2.0 million of loans past due 60 to 89 days at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the Bank had no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans were on nonaccrual. This compares to $14.0 million of nonaccrual loans and $3.8 million of loans past due 60 to 89 days as of December 31, 2008. There were $12.4 million of impaired loans with $1.9 million of specific impairment reserves at December 31, 2009, while included in nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2008 were impaired loans of $10.3 million with specific reserves of $949,000. The average balance of impaired loans was $10.8 million during 2009, $5.4 million during 2008 and $1.4 million during 2007.

A summary of impaired loans is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009		2008
	(In thousands)

Impaired loans and leases requiring a specific reserve	$	9,993	$	2,926
Impaired loans and leases not requiring a specific reserve		2,403		7,379


Total impaired loans and leases	$	12,396	$	10,305

The reduction in interest income associated with nonaccrual loans was as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands)

Income in accordance with original terms	$	1,287		$	1,073		$	348
Income recognized		(385	)		(345	)		(192	)


Foregone interest income	$	902		$	728		$	156

Loans outstanding to executive officers and directors of the Company, including their immediate families and affiliated companies (“related parties”), are made in the ordinary course of business under normal credit terms, including interest rates and collateral, prevailing at the time of origination for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated persons, and do not represent more than normal credit risk. These loans comply with the provisions of Regulation O under the Federal Reserve Act and, accordingly, are permissible under Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. An analysis of the activity of these loans is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008
	(In thousands)

Balance at beginning of year	$	9,835		$	7,575
Additions		190			3,150
Repayments		(1,664	)		(890	)


Balance at end of year	$	8,361		$	9,835

F-20

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(8) Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

An analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands)
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Balance at beginning of year	$	14,664		$	12,619		$	12,377
Provision for loan and lease losses		9,917			4,520			700
Loans and leases charged-off		(8,189	)		(2,589	)		(528	)
Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged-off		144			114			70


Balance at end of year	$	16,536		$	14,664		$	12,619

(9) Derivatives

All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and are measured at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative and resulting designation. Derivatives used to hedge the exposure to changes in fair value of an asset, liability or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives used to hedge the exposure to variability in expected cash flows or other types of forecasted transactions are considered cash flow hedges. For derivatives designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in earnings together with the changes in the fair value of the related hedged item. The net amount, if any, representing hedge ineffectiveness, is reflected in earnings. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in other comprehensive income and recognized in earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges is recognized directly in earnings. For derivatives not designated as hedges, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings, in noninterest income. The Company may use interest rate contracts (swaps, caps and floors) as part of interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swap, cap and floor agreements are entered into as hedges against future interest rate fluctuations on specifically identified assets or liabilities. The Company did not have derivative fair value or derivative cash flow hedges at December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008.

Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers for a fee. The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to aid them in managing their interest rate risk. The interest rate swap contracts allow the commercial banking customers to convert floating rate loan payments to fixed rate loan payments. The Company concurrently enters into mirroring swaps with a third party financial institution, effectively minimizing its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. The third party financial institution exchanges the customer’s fixed rate loan payments for floating rate loan payments.

As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had ten interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $35.6 million related to this program. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, net gains on these interest rate swap contracts amounted to approximately $230,000 and $250,000, respectively.

F-21

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

As of

Balance

December 31,

Balance

December 31,

Sheet

2009

2008

Sheet

2009

2008

(In thousands)

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

Interest rate products

Other assets

391

482

Other liabilities

426

431

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

391

482

426

431

The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the consolidated income statements for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in

Location of Gain or (Loss)

Income on Derivative⁽¹⁾

Derivatives Not Designated as

Recognized in Income on

Year Ended December 31,

Hedging Instruments

Derivative

2009

2008

(In thousands)

Interest Rate Products

Loan related fees

230

250

Total

230

250


⁽¹⁾		The amount of gain recognized in income represents net fee income and changes related to the fair value of the interest rate products.

By using derivative financial instruments, the Company exposes itself to credit risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative is negative, the Company owes the counterparty and, therefore, it does not possess credit risk. The credit risk in derivative instruments is mitigated by entering into transactions with highly-rated counterparties that management believes to be creditworthy and by limiting the amount of exposure to each counterparty. At December 31, 2009, the Company does not expect future nonperformance by counterparties.

Certain of the derivative agreements contain provisions that require the Company to post collateral if the derivative exposure exceeds a threshold amount. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has posted collateral of $440,000 in the normal course of business.

The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain credit-risk-related contingent provisions. These provisions provide the counterparty with the right to terminate its derivative positions and require the Company to settle its obligations under the agreements if the Company defaults on certain of its indebtedness or if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well-capitalized institution. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had no derivative agreements in a net liability position, excluding fair value adjustments for credit risk.

F-22

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(10) Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2009			2008
	(In thousands)

Land and improvements	$	1,895		$	1,871
Office buildings and improvements		5,624			5,524
Leasehold improvements		7,673			7,597
Data processing equipment and software		7,175			6,223
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment		5,452			5,421


Subtotal		27,819			26,636

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(15,441	)		(13,995	)


Total premises and equipment	$	12,378		$	12,641

The Company utilizes a useful life of 40 years for buildings, 15 years for building improvements and 5 years for land improvements. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their respective lease terms. Data processing equipment and software’s useful life varies but is primarily three years. Furniture, fixtures and other equipment’s useful life varies but is primarily five years. Depreciation expense totaled $1.4 million, $1.7 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $1.4 million. Rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $1.5 million. In October 2007, the Bank transferred its rights to develop a planned branch site to a third party via a noncancellable sublease agreement. The Bank’s rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is net of sublease rentals of $150,000.

In connection with the acquisition of branches from Fleet Financial Group, Inc. and related entities, the Bank assumed the liability for lease payments on seven banking offices previously occupied by Shawmut Bank Connecticut, N.A. The Bank has renegotiated some of these leases and has also entered into agreements to lease additional space.

Under the terms of these noncancellable operating leases, the Bank is currently obligated to minimum annual rents as follows:


	Minimum
	Lease
	Payments
	(In thousands)

2010	$	1,432
2011		1,400
2012		1,412
2013		1,299
2014		913
Thereafter		5,825


	$	12,281

Minimum payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $3.3 million due in the future under a noncancellable sublease.

F-23

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(11) Deposits

Certificate of deposit accounts had the following schedule of maturities:


	December 31,
	2009		2008
	(In thousands)

1 year or less remaining	$	307,338	$	352,355
More than 1 year to 2 years remaining		65,485		28,746
More than 2 years to 3 years remaining		2,990		32,060
More than 3 years to 4 years remaining		9,243		958
More than 4 years remaining		2,088		9,324


Total	$	387,144	$	423,443

At December 31, 2009, certificate of deposit accounts included $33.5 million obtained through brokers, compared to $30.0 million at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, certificate of deposit accounts with balances of $100,000 or more (excluding brokered CDs) aggregated $130.5 million and $127.1 million, respectively.

(12) Short-Term Borrowings and Repurchase Agreements

Overnight and short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2009		2008
	(In thousands)

Treasury tax and loan notes	$	1,803	$	4,280
Retail repurchase agreements		36,991		53,396
FHLB short-term borrowings		1,377		—
Wholesale repurchase agreements		20,000		10,000


Total	$	60,171	$	67,676

The Bank utilizes the Note Option for remitting treasury, tax and loan payments to the Federal Reserve Bank. Under this option the U.S. Treasury invests in obligations of the Bank, as evidenced by open-ended interest-bearing notes. These notes are collateralized by GSE obligations owned by the Bank. Treasury, tax and loan notes are included as a component of overnight and short-term borrowings on the consolidated balance sheets. Information concerning these treasury tax and loan notes is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008
	(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding at end of year	$	1,803		$	4,280
Outstanding collateralized by securities with:
Par value		2,719			4,251
Fair value		2,870			4,366
Average outstanding for the year		816			967
Maximum outstanding at any month end		1,803			4,280
Weighted average rate at end of year		0.00	%		0.05	%
Weighted average rate paid for the year		0.00	%		1.64	%

F-24

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The Bank has a short-term line of credit with the FHLB. Unused borrowing capacity under this line was $13.6 million at December 31, 2009 and $15.0 million at December 31, 2008. All borrowings from the FHLB are secured by the Bank’s stock in the FHLB and a lien on “qualified collateral” defined principally as 90% of the fair value of U.S. Government and Agency obligations and 50-75% of the carrying value of certain residential and commercial mortgage loans.

Information concerning this short-term line of credit is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008
	(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding at end of year	$	1,377		$	—
Maturity date	January 2010			Not applicable
Average outstanding for the year	$	117		$	376
Maximum outstanding at any month end		1,377			4,303
Weighted average rate at end of year		0.51	%	Not applicable
Weighted average rate paid for the year		0.60	%		0.02	%

The Bank utilizes retail repurchase agreements in connection with a cash management product that the Bank offers its commercial customers and wholesale repurchase agreements with financial institutions. Sales of repurchase agreements are treated as financings. The obligations to repurchase the identical securities that were sold are reflected as liabilities and the securities remain in the asset accounts. All of these agreements are collateralized by GSE obligations owned by the Bank. The securities underlying the agreements were held by the Bank in a special custody account and remained under the Bank’s control.

Information concerning retail repurchase agreements is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008
	(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding at end of year	$	36,991		$	53,396
Maturity date	January 2010			January 2009
Outstanding collateralized by securities with:
Par value	$	43,312		$	59,123
Fair value		44,327			59,954
Average outstanding for the year		43,313			54,766
Maximum outstanding at any month end		56,639			70,889
Weighted average rate at end of year		0.19	%		0.25	%
Weighted average rate paid for the year		0.11	%		1.60	%

Information concerning wholesale repurchase agreements is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008
	(Dollars in thousands)

Outstanding at end of year	$	20,000		$	10,000
Maturity dates	January 2010 and June 2011			June 2011
Outstanding collateralized by securities with:
Par value	$	21,338		$	10,344
Fair value		21,944			10,496
Average outstanding for the year		13,699			10,000
Maximum outstanding at any month end		20,000			10,000
Weighted average rate at end of year		3.29	%		5.50	%
Weighted average rate paid for the year		4.02	%		5.41	%

F-25

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(13) Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston Borrowings

FHLB borrowings are comprised of the following:


	December 31, 2009							December 31, 2008
	Scheduled		First		Weighted			Scheduled		First		Weighted
	Final		Call		Average			Final		Call		Average
	Maturity		Date (1)		Rate (2)			Maturity		Date (1)		Rate (2)
	(Dollars in thousands)

Within 1 year	$	53,584	$	223,960		3.78	%	$	2	$	189,002		5.25	%
Over 1 year to 2 years		59,000		20,000		4.76	%		26,270		6,270		4.19	%
Over 2 years to 3 years		10,000		10,000		2.92	%		59,000		20,000		4.97	%
Over 3 years to 5 years		23,400		13,400		4.16	%		23,400		13,400		4.30	%
Over 5 years		131,199		11,199		4.39	%		130,264		10,264		4.19	%


Total	$	277,183	$	278,559		3.86	%	$	238,936	$	238,936		4.39	%


(1)		Callable FHLB advances of $199 million and $189 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, are reflected assuming that the callable debt is redeemed at the next call date while all other advances are shown in the periods corresponding to their scheduled maturity date.

(2)		Weighted average rate based on scheduled maturity dates.

All borrowings from the FHLB are secured by the Bank’s stock in the FHLB and a lien on “qualified collateral” defined principally as 90% of the fair value of GSE and U.S. Treasury obligations and 50-75% of the carrying value of certain residential and commercial mortgage loans. Unused term borrowing capacity with the FHLB at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $51.8 million and $158.5 million, respectively. As one requirement of its borrowings, the Bank is required to invest in the common stock of the FHLB in an amount at least equal to five percent of its outstanding borrowings from the FHLB. As and when such stock is redeemed, the Bank would receive from the FHLB an amount equal to the par value of the stock. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank’s FHLB stock holdings, recorded at cost, were $16.3 million and $15.7 million, respectively.

In February 2009, the FHLB-Boston announced that, while it meets all of its regulatory capital requirements, it has suspended its quarterly dividend and will continue its moratorium on excess stock repurchases. The FHLB-Boston recorded other-than-temporary impairment credit losses of $444.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 on its portfolio of private-label mortgage-backed securities. The FHLB-Boston has stated that it expects and intends to hold its private-label mortgage-backed securities to maturity. In a letter to member banks on February 22, 2010, the FHLB-Boston disclosed that the credit quality of the loans underlying its portfolio of private-label mortgage-backed securities remains vulnerable to the housing and capital markets, which could result in additional losses. Accordingly, to protect its capital base and build the retained earnings, the moratorium on excess stock repurchases and the quarterly dividend payout suspension continue. Also, the FHLB-Boston implemented a revised operating plan that includes certain revenue enhancement and expense reduction initiatives and the goal of the plan is to build retained earnings to an appropriate level so that it may eventually resume paying dividends and end the moratorium on excess stock repurchases. Should financial conditions continue to weaken, the FHLB System (including FHLB-Boston) in the future may have to curtail advances to member institutions. Should the FHLB System deteriorate to the point of not being able to fund future advances to banks, including the Bank, this would place increased pressure on other wholesale funding sources. Further deterioration of the FHLB-Boston’s capital levels may require the Company to deem its restricted investment in FHLB stock to be other-than-temporarily impaired.

(14)

Company-Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Securities and Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures

On January 23, 2001, the Company sponsored the creation of BRI Statutory Trust I (the “Trust I”), a Connecticut statutory trust. The Company is the owner of all of the common securities of Trust I. On February 22, 2001, Trust I issued $3.0 million of its 10.20% Company-Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Securities (“Capital Securities”) through a pooled trust preferred securities offering. The proceeds from this issuance, along with the Company’s $93,000 capital contribution for Trust I’s common securities (which is included in prepaid expenses and other assets), were used to acquire $3.1 million of the Company’s 10.20% Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (“Junior Subordinated Notes”) due February 22, 2031, and constitute the primary asset of Trust I. The Company has, through the Declaration of Trust, the Guarantee Agreement, the Notes and the related Indenture, taken together, fully irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed all of Trust I’s obligations under the Capital Securities, to the extent Trust I has funds available therefore.

F-26

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

On June 4, 2002, the Company sponsored the creation of BRI Statutory Trust II (the “Trust II”), a Connecticut statutory trust. The Company was the owner of all of the common securities of Trust II. On June 26, 2002, Trust II issued $5.0 million of its floating rate (quarterly reset to 3 month LIBOR plus 3.45%) Capital Securities through a pooled trust preferred securities offering. The proceeds from this issuance, along with the Company’s $155,000 capital contribution for Trust II’s common securities, were used to acquire $5.2 million of the Company’s floating rate (quarterly reset to 3 month LIBOR plus 3.45%) Junior Subordinated Notes due June 26, 2032, and constituted the primary asset of Trust II. The Company had, through the Declaration of Trust, the Guarantee Agreement, the Notes and the related Indenture, taken together, fully irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed all of Trust II’s obligations under the Capital Securities, to the extent Trust II had funds available. On September 26, 2007, the Company redeemed all $5.0 million of the floating rate Capital Securities issued by Trust II. This redemption resulted in the Company recording a write-off of an additional $137,000 of previously unamortized debt issuance costs as additional pretax interest expense. Thereafter, Trust II was liquidated.

On June 5, 2003, the Company sponsored the creation of BRI Statutory Trust III (the “Trust III”), a Connecticut statutory trust. The Company is the owner of all of the common securities of Trust III. On June 26, 2003, Trust III issued $5.0 million of its floating rate (quarterly reset to 3 month LIBOR plus 3.10% beginning June 26, 2008) Capital Securities through a pooled trust preferred securities offering. At December 31, 2009, the rate of the Capital Securities was 3.35%. The proceeds from this issuance, along with the Company’s $155,000 capital contribution for Trust III’s common securities (which is included in prepaid expenses and other assets), were used to acquire $5.2 million of the Company’s floating rate (quarterly reset to 3 month LIBOR plus 3.10%) Junior Subordinated Notes due June 26, 2033, and constitute the primary asset of Trust III. The Company has, through the Declaration of Trust, the Guarantee Agreement, the Notes and the related Indenture, taken together, fully irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed all of Trust III’s obligations under the Capital Securities, to the extent Trust III has funds available therefore.

On February 24, 2004, the Company sponsored the creation of BRI Statutory Trust IV (the “Trust IV”), a Connecticut statutory trust. The Company is the owner of all of the common securities of Trust IV. On March 17, 2004, Trust IV issued $5.0 million of its floating rate (quarterly reset to 3 month LIBOR plus 2.79%) Capital Securities through a pooled trust preferred securities offering. At December 31, 2009, the rate of the Capital Securities was 3.04%. The proceeds from this issuance, along with the Company’s $155,000 capital contribution for Trust IV’s common securities (which is included in prepaid expenses and other assets), were used to acquire $5.2 million of the Company’s floating rate (quarterly reset to 3 month LIBOR plus 2.79%) Junior Subordinated Notes due March 17, 2034, and constitute the primary asset of Trust IV. The Company has, through the Declaration of Trust, the Guarantee Agreement, the Notes and the related Indenture, taken together, fully irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed all of Trust IV’s obligations under the Capital Securities, to the extent Trust IV has funds available therefore.

The Company entered into a Standby Commitment Letter Agreement (the “Commitment Agreement”) on August 5, 2009 with a trust of which Malcolm G. Chace, the Company’s Chairman of the Board and owner of more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, is a trustee and beneficiary (the “Purchaser”). Pursuant to this commitment, the Company will have the right, exercisable at any time through February 5, 2011, to require the Purchaser to purchase up to $8.0 million of trust preferred securities to be issued by a trust subsidiary of the Company (the “Trust Subsidiary”). At the time of the purchase of the trust preferred securities by the Purchaser, the Company would purchase all of the common securities of the Trust Subsidiary, in an amount equal to at least 3% of the total capital of the Trust Subsidiary. The Trust Subsidiary would in turn use the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred and the common securities to acquire floating rate junior subordinated notes of the Company. Under the terms of the Commitment Agreement, the Purchaser deposited and must maintain at least $9.2 million of cash and/or securities in a control account to secure the Purchaser’s obligation to purchase the trust preferred securities at the option of the Company. If and when issued, the trust preferred securities will bear interest at a rate equal to the 3-Month LIBOR plus 7.98%, subject to a maximum annual rate of 14.00%. As consideration for the commitment, the Company paid a $320,000 commitment fee to the Purchaser, representing 4% of the maximum commitment.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s investments in its statutory trust subsidiaries aggregated $523,000 and are included within prepaid expenses and other assets.

F-27

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(15) Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands)

Current expense:
Federal	$	3,223		$	5,462		$	3,784
State		94			51			20

Total current expense		3,317			5,513			3,804


Deferred benefit:
Federal		(815	)		(1,086	)		455
State		—			—			—

Total deferred expense (benefit)		(815	)		(1,086	)		455

Total income tax expense	$	2,502		$	4,427		$	4,259

The difference between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective federal income tax rate is as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007

Statutory federal income tax rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		35.0	%
Increase resulting from:
State income tax, net of federal tax benefit		0.8			0.2			0.1
Bank-owned life insurance		(5.4	)		(2.8	)		(2.7	)
Salary limitations		1.3			—			—
Other, net		(0.6	)		0.2			(0.4	)

Effective combined federal and state income tax rate		31.1	%		32.6	%		32.0	%

The significant components of gross deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax liabilities are as follows:


	December 31,
	2009			2008
	(In thousands)

Gross deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan and lease losses	$	5,788		$	5,132
Accrued retirement		1,379			1,170
Depreciation		686			635
Nonaccrual interest		383			250
Other		671			593

Total gross deferred tax assets		8,907			7,780


Gross deferred tax liabilities:
Goodwill		(3,529	)		(3,217	)
Securities available for sale		(606	)		(225	)

Total gross deferred tax liabilities		(4,135	)		(3,442	)

Net deferred tax asset	$	4,772		$	4,338

F-28

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The net balance of deferred tax assets and liabilities is included in prepaid expenses and other assets. It is management’s belief that it is more likely than not that the reversal of deferred tax liabilities and results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. In addition, the Company’s net deferred tax asset is supported by recoverable income taxes. Therefore, no valuation allowance was deemed necessary at December 31, 2009 or 2008. It should be noted, however, that factors beyond management’s control, such as the general state of the economy and real estate values, can affect future levels of taxable income and that no assurance can be given that sufficient taxable income will be generated to fully absorb gross deductible temporary differences.

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2009 and 2008. Additionally, there are no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate. As of both January 1, 2009 and December 31, 2009, the Company did not have any accrued income tax-related interest and penalties.

The Company’s federal income tax returns are open and subject to examination from the 2006 tax return year and forward. The Company’s state income tax returns are generally open from the 2006 and later tax return years based on individual state statute of limitations.

On July 3, 2008, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts enacted a law that included reducing the tax rate on net income of financial institutions and requiring combined income tax reporting. The rate will be reduced from the current rate of 10.5% to 10.0% for 2010, 9.5% for 2011 and 9.0% for 2012 and thereafter. Previously, certain subsidiaries of the Company were subject to Massachusetts income tax on a separate return basis. Under the new legislation, effective January 1, 2009, the Company, as a consolidated tax group, is subject to income tax in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The impact of this law did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the Bank received a Notice of Assessment from the Massachusetts Department of Revenue (“DOR”) challenging the 2002 to 2006 state income tax due from BRI Investment Corp, a Rhode Island passive investment company. The DOR seeks to collapse the income from BRI Investment Corp. into the Bank’s income and assess state corporate excise tax on the resulting apportioned income. The tax assessment and accrued interest and penalties totaled approximately $450,000. The passive investment company is not subject to corporate income tax in the State of Rhode Island. The Bank filed an Application for Abatement in September 2009 contesting the assessment and asserting its position. On March 2, 2010, the Bank was notified that the application was denied. The Bank intends to file a petition with the Massachusetts Appellate Tax Board pursuing its tax position within 60 days of the denial. Management believes it more likely than not that the Company will prevail.

(16) Employee and Director Benefits

Employee 401(k) Plan — The Bank maintains a 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) which qualifies as a tax exempt plan and trust under Sections 401 and 501 of the Internal Revenue Code. Generally, Bank employees who are at least twenty-one (21) years of age are eligible to participate in the Plan. Expenses associated with the Plan were $424,000, $460,000 and $475,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan — The Bank also maintains a Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Nonqualified Plan”) under which certain participants may contribute the amounts they are precluded from contributing to the Bank’s 401(k) Plan because of the qualified plan limitations, and additional compensation deferrals that may be advantageous for personal income tax or other planning reasons. Expenses associated with the Nonqualified Plan were $74,000, $44,000 and $36,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Accrued liabilities associated with the Nonqualified Plan were $915,000 and $876,000 for December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans — The Bank maintains Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (the “SERPs”) for certain of its senior executives under which participants designated by the Board of Directors are entitled to an annual retirement benefit. Expenses associated with the SERPs were $616,000, $589,000 and $524,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Accrued liabilities associated with the SERPs were $4.0 million and $3.3 million for December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

F-29

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Employee Stock Plans — The Company maintains a 1996 Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Option Plan and a 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (collectively the “Employee Stock Plans”) under which it may grant awards of its common stock to officers and key employees. The 1996 Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Option Plan has no remaining shares available for issuance as it expired in March 2006. At December 31, 2009, 93,085 shares remain available for issuance under the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2002 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic incremental increases each year in the number of shares authorized for issuance under such plan on the date of the annual shareholders meeting equal to the least of (i) 2% of total issued and outstanding common stock on the date of the shareholders meeting, (ii) 75,000 shares and (iii) such lesser number as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. The 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, which is shareholder approved, allows grants of options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), performance shares or units and other stock-based awards. Under the Employee Stock Plans, the Company has awarded stock options, which have been granted at an exercise price equal to the market value of the stock on the date of the grant with vesting terms of three to five years. Unless exercised, options granted under the Employee Stock Plans have contractual terms ranging between 7 and 10 years. Certain stock option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the Employee Stock Plans).

The fair value of each employee stock option award has been estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing the following pricing assumptions, summarized on a weighted-average basis in the table below:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Expected term	6 years			5 years			5 years
Expected volatility		26	%		20	%		19	%
Risk-free interest rate		2.55	%		2.77	%		4.14	%
Dividend yield		2.79	%		2.19	%		1.60	%
Fair value of options granted	$	5.22		$	5.29		$	8.21

The activity related to these employee stock options is summarized below:


				Weighted				Weighted
				Average				Average
	Options			Exercise		Aggregate		Contractual
Employee Stock Options	Outstanding			Price		Intrinsic Value		Term (in years)
Outstanding, December 31, 2006		403,021		$	24.57
Granted		71,050		$	39.26
Exercised		(49,011	)	$	18.89
Forfeited / Canceled		(12,200	)	$	39.17


Outstanding, December 31, 2007		412,860		$	27.34
Granted		63,975		$	30.55
Exercised		(31,450	)	$	14.90
Forfeited / Canceled		(38,830	)	$	35.45


Outstanding, December 31, 2008		406,555		$	28.04
Granted		87,618		$	24.81
Exercised		(41,650	)	$	12.35
Forfeited / Canceled		(58,005	)	$	31.97


Outstanding, December 31, 2009		394,518		$	28.40	$	—		4.6

Exercisable, December 31, 2009		231,746		$	27.89	$	—		3.7

The total intrinsic value of options by employees exercised during 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $341,000, $562,000 and $1.1 million, respectively.

F-30

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 are set forth below:


			Weighted		Weighted
			Average		Average
	Options		Exercise		Contractual
Exercise Price	Outstanding		Price		Term (in years)
$10.00 – $19.99		71,000	$	14.40		1.8
20.00 – 29.99		120,568	$	24.66		5.5
30.00 – 39.99		181,700	$	34.59		5.3
40.00 – 49.99		21,250	$	43.45		4.3

Outstanding, December 31, 2009		394,518	$	28.40		4.6

The Company grants its executive officers restricted stock as a component of their annual share based compensation award. The shares vest in three annual installments and provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control. In August 2009, April 2008 and April 2007, the Company granted 5,968, 3,480 and 2,745 shares at market prices of $26.15, $32.89 and $43.45, respectively. During 2009 and 2007, 988 and 515 shares of these restricted shares were forfeited, respectively. No shares were forfeited during 2008.

The following table summarizes share-based compensation and the related tax benefit for the periods indicated:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009		2008		2007
	(in thousands)
Share-based compensation	$	155	$	326	$	212
Tax benefit related to share-based compensation (1)		137		210		322


⁽¹⁾		Represents the tax benefits on stock options exercised and share-based compensation.

As of December 31, 2009, there was $971,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested employee compensation arrangements. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.3 years.

Director Stock Plan — The Company established a Non-Employee Director Stock Plan (the “Director Stock Plan”) under which it may grant up to 115,000 options to acquire its common stock to non-employee directors. At December 31, 2009, the total remaining shares available for issuance under the Director Stock Plan is 25,000. Each non-employee director elected at the 1998 shareholders meeting received an option for 1,500 shares and each new non-employee director elected subsequently receives an option for 1,000 shares. Non-employee directors also receive an annual option grant for 500 shares as of the date of each annual meeting of shareholders. Options are granted at an exercise price equal to the market value of the stock on the date of the grant and vest six months after the grant date. Options granted under the Director Stock Plan have a 10-year contractual term, subject to earlier of expiration on the second anniversary of a director’s termination of service.

F-31

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The fair value of each non-employee director stock option award has been estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model utilizing the following pricing assumptions, summarized on a weighted-average basis in the table below:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
Expected term	7 years			8 years			7 years
Expected volatility		26	%		21	%		20	%
Risk-free interest rate		2.05	%		3.43	%		4.58	%
Dividend yield		3.27	%		2.01	%		1.51	%
Fair value of options granted	$	3.95		$	7.59		$	10.70

The activity related to these director stock options is summarized below:


				Weighted				Weighted
				Average				Average
	Options			Exercise		Aggregate		Contractual
Director Stock Options	Outstanding			Price		Intrinsic Value		Term (in years)
Outstanding, December 31, 2006		53,000		$	24.09
Granted		7,500		$	39.62
Exercised		(23,500	)	$	18.77
Forfeited / Canceled		—			—


Outstanding, December 31, 2007		37,000		$	30.62
Granted		7,000		$	31.76
Exercised		(5,500	)	$	17.31
Forfeited / Canceled		—			—


Outstanding, December 31, 2008		38,500		$	32.73
Granted		6,500		$	20.79
Exercised		—			—
Forfeited / Canceled		(2,000	)	$	29.41


Outstanding, December 31, 2009		43,000		$	31.08	$	—		6.4

Exercisable, December 31, 2009		43,000		$	31.08	$	—		6.4

The total intrinsic value of options exercised by directors during 2008 and 2007 was $96,000 and $577,000 respectively. No director stock options were exercised during 2009.

The director options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 are set forth below:


			Weighted		Weighted
			Average		Average
	Options		Exercise		Contractual
Exercise Price	Outstanding		Price		Term (in years)
$10.00 – $19.99		2,500	$	15.63		1.7
20.00 – 29.99		11,500	$	22.16		6.6
30.00 – 39.99		28,000	$	35.71		6.7
40.00 – 49.99		1,000	$	42.85		6.8

Outstanding, December 31, 2009		43,000	$	31.08		6.4

F-32

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table summarizes share-based compensation and the related tax benefit for the periods indicated:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009		2008		2007
	(in thousands)
Share-based compensation	$	25	$	54	$	87
Tax benefit related to share-based compensation (1)		9		52		231


(1)		Represents the tax benefits on stock options exercised and share-based compensation.

As of December 31, 2009, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested director compensation arrangements.

Change of Control Agreements — The Bank has entered into Employment Agreements with its President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Lending Officer and Chief Information Officer. The Employment Agreements generally provide for the continued payment of specified compensation and benefits for the remainder of the term of the agreement upon termination without cause. The agreements also provide that if the executive is terminated (or in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, resigns) in conjunction with a change in control, they are entitled to a severance payment, which is equal to 2.99 times base salary plus target bonus for the President and Chief Executive Officer and 2.00 times base salary plus target bonus for the other executives. The Employment Agreements with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer provide that if payments following a change in control are subject to the “golden parachute” excise tax, the Company will make a “gross-up” payment sufficient to ensure that the net after-tax amount retained by the executive (taking into account all taxes, including those on the “gross-up” payment) is the same as if such excise tax had not applied. The Employment Agreements with the Chief Lending Officer and Chief Information Officer provide that if any payments would trigger the “golden parachute” excise tax, the amount payable to the executive shall be reduced to the maximum amount that can be paid that does not trigger the excise tax. The Company has also entered into Change of Control Severance Agreements with certain other members of senior management of up to 1.00 times base salary or 1.00 times base salary plus current bonus.

(17) Other Expenses

Major components of other expenses are as follows:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009		2008		2007
	(In thousands)
Postage and mailing		541	$	586	$	579
Forms and supplies		496		508		489
Telephone		415		435		459
Travel and entertainment		340		320		270
Credit card and interchange fees		310		305		279
Director fees		292		356		381
Charitable contributions		283		273		279
Insurance		275		268		233
Correspondent bank fees		223		196		168
Other		778		699		1,457


Total	$	3,953	$	3,946	$	4,594

F-33

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(18) Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Derivative Financial Instruments

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans and letters of credit, commitments to originate and commitments to sell leases and interest rate swap agreements. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk are summarized as follows:


	December 31,
	2009		2008
	(In thousands)
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
Commitments to extend credit:
Commitments to originate or purchase loans and leases	$	19,425	$	25,474
Unused lines of credit and other commitments		200,274		193,870
Letters of credit and standby letters of credit		4,604		3,011
Financial instruments whose notional amounts exceed the amount of credit risk:
Forward loan commitments:
Commitments to originate leases to be sold		458		329
Commitments to sell leases		—		156
Interest rate swap contracts:
Swaps with customers		17,815		5,000
Mirror swaps with counterparties		17,815		5,000

Commitments to originate loans and unused lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since certain commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the maximum potential amount of future payments under letters of credit was $4.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively. Cash collateral supported $940,000 and $1.2 million of the outstanding standby letters of credit at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The fair value of the guarantees of the standby letters of credit was $35,000 and $23,000, respectively, and is not reflected on the consolidated balance sheets.

Commitments to originate and commitments to sell leases are derivative financial instruments. Accordingly, the fair value of these commitments is recognized in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets and the changes in fair value of such commitments are recorded in current earnings in the consolidated income statements. The carrying values of such commitments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the respective changes in fair values for the years then ended were insignificant.

The Company enters into interest rate swaps with commercial loan borrowers to aid them in managing their interest rate risk. The interest rate swap contracts with commercial loan borrowers allow them to convert floating rate loan payments to fixed rate loan payments. The Company concurrently enters into mirroring swaps with a third party financial institution. The third party financial institution exchanges the client’s fixed rate loan payments for floating rate loan payments. The Company retains the risk associated with the potential failure of counterparties and inherent in making loans.

The interest rate swap contracts are carried at fair value with changes recorded as a component of other noninterest income. The fair values of the interest rate swap contracts with commercial loan borrowers amounted to $391,000 and $482,000 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The fair values of the “mirror” swap contracts with third-party financial institutions totaled $426,000 as of December 31, 2009 and $431,000 at December 31, 2008. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, net gains on these interest rate swap contracts, which include fee income and adjustments for credit valuation, amounted to approximately $230,000 and $250,000, respectively.

F-34

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(19) Fair Value Measurements

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (ASC 820-10). SFAS No. 157 (ASC 820-10) provides guidance for measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. SFAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (ASC 820-10-65). This FSP delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 (ASC 820-10) for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 (ASC 820-10) on January 1, 2008 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active” (ASC 820-10). This FSP provided an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that asset is not active, was effective October 10, 2008 and did not significantly impact the methods by which the Company determines the fair value of its financial assets.

SFAS No. 157 (ASC 820-10) defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities. It is not a forced transaction. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are independent, knowledgeable, able to transact and willing to transact.

SFAS No. 157 (ASC 820-10) requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount on a discounted basis. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost). Valuation techniques should be consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, SFAS No. 157 (ASC 820-10) establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

	•		Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for assets and liabilities identical to those reported at fair value.

	•		Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, Level 2 inputs are observable either directly or indirectly. These inputs might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

	•		Level 3: Inputs are unobservable inputs for an asset or liability that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

F-35

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:


			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 Using
			Quoted Prices in		Significant		Significant
			Active Markets		Other		Other
			for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
*(In thousands)*	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)

GSE obligations	$	80,926	$	—	$	80,926	$	—
Trust preferred CDOs		465		—		465		—
Collateralized mortgage obligations		44,027		—		44,027		—
GSE mortgage-backed securities		256,421		—		256,421		—

Total available for sale securities		381,839		—		381,839		—
Interest rate swap assets		391		—		391		—
Interest rate swap liabilities		426		—		426		—


			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using
			Quoted Prices in		Significant		Significant
			Active Markets		Other		Other
			for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
*(In thousands)*	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)

U.S. Treasury obligations	$	9,988	$	—	$	9,988	$	—
GSE obligations		47,387		—		47,387		—
Corporate debt securities		1,987		—		1,987		—
Trust preferred CDOs		1,480		—		—		1,480
Collateralized mortgage obligations		60,750		—		60,750		—
GSE mortgage-backed securities		204,814		—		204,814		—

Total available for sale securities		326,406		—		324,926		1,480
Interest rate swap assets		482		—		482		—
Interest rate swap liabilities		431		—		431		—

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value effective January 1, 2008. In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

F-36

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following:

Available for sale securities — Available for sale securities are reported at fair value primarily utilizing Level 2 inputs. The Company obtains fair value measurements from independent pricing sources, which base their fair value measurements upon observable inputs such as reported trades of comparable securities, broker quotes, the U.S. Treasury (“the Treasury”) yield curve, benchmark interest rates, market spread relationships, historic and consensus prepayment rates, credit information and the security’s terms and conditions.

The Company used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) to value two of its available for sale securities (CDO A and CDO B) at December 31, 2008. Each of these securities is a collateralized debt obligation backed by trust preferred securities. There is limited trading in these and comparable securities due to recent economic conditions and observable pricing has become more difficult to obtain. At December 31, 2008, the Company obtained valuations from four sources, including broker quotes and cash flow scenario analyses. The fair values obtained were assigned a weighting that was dependent upon the methods used to calculate the prices. Cash flow scenarios (Level 3) were given more weight than broker quotes (Level 2) because the broker quotes were believed to be based on distressed sales, evidenced by the inactive market. The weighting was then used to determine an overall fair value of the securities.

At December 31, 2009, management reviewed the fair values provided by the same pricing sources as used in the previous reporting periods. Based on management’s understanding of the methods employed and the guidance provided by FSP No. FAS 157-4 (ASC 820-10-65), three of the four sources were excluded from the valuation process. These sources were excluded because either the assumptions used were inappropriate or because of the uncertainty surrounding the methodology in determining the fair values, including a previous source of cash flow scenario analyses that adopted the fair value methodology of a previously excluded source. As a result, broker quotes (Level 2) were used to determine the fair value of these securities. The broker quotes given for the securities were based on executed trades of similar collateral structure and performance. Although limited trades occurred, they were likely orderly transactions when considering the number of potential buyers the transactions were marketed to and the intention by the sellers to maximize their proceeds. The cash flow scenario analyses considered varying default, recovery and prepayment assumptions discounted at a rate representative of yields available for similar investments adjusted for credit risk. Management believes that the broker quotes are the best representation of the price that would be obtained for these particular securities in an orderly transaction under current market conditions.

Interest rate swaps — The fair values for the interest rate swap assets and liabilities represent a Level 2 valuation and are based on settlement values adjusted for credit risks associated with the counterparties and the Company. Credit risk adjustments consider factors such as the likelihood of default by the Company and its counterparties, its net exposures and remaining contractual life. To date, the Company has not realized any losses due to a counterparty’s inability to pay any net uncollateralized position. The change in value of interest rate swap assets and liabilities attributable to credit risk was not significant during the reported periods. See also Note 9 — Derivatives.

F-37

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table shows a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of recurring fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs:


	Fair Value Measurements Using Significant
	Unobservable Inputs
	2009			2008
*(In thousands)*	*Available for sale securities*

Balance, January 1	$	1,480		$	974
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle (see Note 6)		214			—
Increase in unrealized holding losses		(845	)		(917	)
Other-than-temporary impairment		(384	)		(219	)
Transfers to Level 2		(465	)		—
Transfers to Level 3		—			1,642

Balance, December 31	$	—		$	1,480

Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis, but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).

The following tables summarize the financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:


			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 Using
			Quoted Prices in		Significant		Significant
			Active Markets		Other		Other
			for Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
*(In thousands)*	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)

Collateral-dependent loans and leases	$	8,999	$	—	$	8,999	$	—

Restructured loans		985		—		—		985

Other real estate owned		2,083		—		2,083		—

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using

Quoted Prices in

Significant

Active Markets

Other

for Identical

Observable

Unobservable

Assets

Inputs

(In thousands)

Total

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Collateral-dependent loans and leases

9,356

—

9,356

—

Other real estate owned

988

—

988

—

F-38

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Impaired Loans — Impaired loans and leases were $12.4 million at December 31, 2009. Impaired loans and leases that are deemed collateral-dependent are valued based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The inputs used in the appraisal of the collateral are observable and, therefore, categorized as Level 2. At December 31, 2009, the valuation allowance for collateral-dependent loans and leases was $1.9 million compared to $949,000 at December 31, 2008. Impaired loans that have been restructured are valued based on expected future cash flows. The expected future cash flows consider the agreed upon payment terms and various prepayment and default assumptions. These assumptions are not observable and are categorized as Level 3 inputs. At December 31, 2009, the valuation allowance for restructured loans was $116,000. There were no restructured loans at December 31, 2008.

OREO — Fair value estimates of OREO are based on independent appraisals or brokers’ opinions of value of the property or similar properties less estimated costs to sell at the date the loan is charged-off and the property is transferred into OREO. The inputs used to estimate the fair values are observable and, therefore, categorized as Level 2. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, $451,000 and $652,000 of loans were charged-off through the allowance for loan and lease losses immediately prior to the property transferred into OREO.

The aggregate fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company taken as a whole. The fair value estimates provided are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and the characteristics of the financial instrument. The estimates do not provide for any premiums or discounts that could result from concentrations of ownership of a financial instrument. Because no active market exists for some of the Company’s financial instruments, certain fair value estimates are based on subjective judgments regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of the financial instruments, future expected loss experience, prepayment assumptions and other factors. The resulting estimates involve uncertainties and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes made to any of the underlying assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. The estimated fair value approximates carrying value for cash and cash equivalents, overnight investments and accrued interest receivable and payable. The methodologies for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below:

Loans and leases receivable — Fair value estimates are based on loans and leases with similar financial characteristics. Loans and leases have been segregated by homogenous groups into residential mortgage, commercial, and consumer and other loans. Fair values are estimated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment estimates, using discount rates approximately equal to current market rates on loans with similar characteristics and maturities. The incremental credit risk for nonperforming loans has been considered in the determination of the fair value of loans.

Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston — The fair value of stock in the FHLB equals the carrying value reported in the balance sheet. This stock is redeemable at full par value only by the FHLB. To this date, the Company has not remeasured its investment in FHLB stock; however, if there is evidence of impairment, the FHLB stock would reflect fair value using either observable or unobservable inputs.

Deposits — The fair values reported for demand deposit, NOW, money market, and savings accounts are equal to their respective book values reported on the balance sheet. The fair values disclosed are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair values reported for certificate of deposit accounts are based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates used are representative of approximate rates currently offered on certificate of deposit accounts with similar remaining maturities. The estimated fair value of deposits does not take into account the value of the Company’s long-term relationships with depositors. Nonetheless, the Company would likely realize a core deposit premium if its deposit portfolio were sold in the principal market for such deposits.

Wholesale repurchase agreements — The fair values reported for wholesale repurchase agreements are based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates used are representative of approximate rates currently offered on borrowings with similar remaining maturities.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston borrowings — The fair values reported for FHLB borrowings are based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates used are representative of approximate rates currently offered on borrowings with similar remaining maturities.

Subordinated deferrable interest debentures — The fair values reported for subordinated deferrable interest debentures are based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rates used are representative of approximate rates currently offered on instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities.

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk — Since the Bank’s commitments to originate or purchase loans, and for unused lines and outstanding letters of credit, are primarily at market interest rates, there is no significant fair value adjustment.

F-39

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The book values and estimated fair values for the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:


	December 31, 2009				December 31, 2008
	Book		Estimated		Book		Estimated
	Value		Fair Value		Value		Fair Value
	(In thousands)

Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	18,866	$	18,866	$	54,344	$	54,344
Overnight investments		1,964		1,964		1,113		1,113
Available for sale securities		381,839		381,839		326,406		326,406
Stock in the FHLB		16,274		16,274		15,671		15,671
Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses:
Commercial loans and leases		718,943		725,967		646,814		662,072
Residential mortgage loans		171,842		175,816		211,325		208,669
Consumer and other loans		204,526		197,137		204,939		199,252
Interest rate swaps		391		391		482		482
Accrued interest receivable		4,964		4,964		5,240		5,240

Liabilities:
Deposits:
Demand deposit accounts	$	204,281	$	204,281	$	176,495	$	176,495
NOW accounts		74,558		74,558		56,703		56,703
Money market accounts		65,076		65,076		4,445		4,445
Savings accounts		367,225		367,225		381,106		381,106
Certificate of deposit accounts		387,144		390,210		423,443		427,571
Overnight and short-term borrowings		40,171		40,171		57,676		57,676
Wholesale repurchase agreements		20,000		20,432		10,000		11,075
FHLB borrowings		277,183		301,210		238,936		266,723
Subordinated deferrable interest debentures		13,403		15,440		13,403		15,262
Interest rate swaps		426		426		431		431
Accrued interest payable		2,122		2,122		2,600		2,600

(20) Shareholders’ Equity

Capital guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) require the Company to maintain minimum capital levels for capital adequacy purposes. Tier I capital is defined as common equity and retained earnings, less certain intangibles. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning assets and off-balance-sheet items to one of four risk categories, each with an appropriate weight. The risk-based capital rules are designed to make regulatory capital more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. The Bank is also subject to FDIC regulations regarding capital requirements. These regulations require banks to maintain minimum capital levels for capital adequacy purposes and higher capital levels to be considered “well-capitalized.”

F-40

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company and the Bank met all applicable minimum capital requirements and were considered “well-capitalized” by both the FRB and the FDIC. There have been no events or conditions since the end of the year that management believes would cause a change in either the Company’s or the Bank’s categorization. The Company’s and the Bank’s actual and required capital amounts and ratios are as follows:


						For Capital					To Be Considered
	Actual					Adequacy Purposes					“Well-Capitalized”
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in thousands)

At December 31, 2009:

Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc.:
Tier I capital (to average assets)	$	120,297		7.65	%	$	62,941		4.00	%	$	78,676		5.00	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)		120,297		10.71	%		44,913		4.00	%		67,369		6.00	%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)		134,364		11.97	%		89,825		8.00	%		112,281		10.00	%

Bank Rhode Island:
Tier I capital (to average assets)	$	118,412		7.54	%	$	62,855		4.00	%	$	78,569		5.00	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)		118,412		10.55	%		44,882		4.00	%		67,323		6.00	%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)		132,479		11.81	%		89,764		8.00	%		112,205		10.00	%

At December 31, 2008:

Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc.:
Tier I capital (to average assets)	$	150,169		10.04	%	$	59,837		4.00	%	$	74,796		5.00	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)		150,169		14.23	%		42,202		4.00	%		63,302		6.00	%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)		163,368		15.48	%		84,403		8.00	%		105,504		10.00	%

Bank Rhode Island:
Tier I capital (to average assets)	$	118,197		7.92	%	$	59,669		4.00	%	$	74,586		5.00	%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)		118,197		11.21	%		42,180		4.00	%		63,269		6.00	%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)		131,396		12.46	%		84,359		8.00	%		105,449		10.00	%

On August 5, 2009, the Company repurchased the U.S. Treasury Department’s $30.0 million preferred stock investment and exited the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). The Company repurchased all 30,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share and paid accrued dividends through the date of repurchase of $333,000. The repurchase of the preferred stock investment resulted in the recognition of $1.3 million in prepayment charges on the discount associated with its issuance. As part of the CPP, the Company also issued the Treasury a warrant to purchase 192,967 shares of common stock with an initial exercise price of $23.32 per share. On September 30, 2009, the Company repurchased the warrant for $1.4 million.

While the Company was not required to raise additional capital in order to repay the CPP funds, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) believed it was prudent to assure access to capital on reasonable terms should economic conditions continue or deteriorate. Also, a commitment for additional capital would provide the Company with increased flexibility in responding to market developments.

For these reasons, the Company entered into a Standby Commitment Letter Agreement on August 5, 2009 with a trust of which Malcolm G. Chace, the Company’s Chairman of the Board and owner of more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, is a trustee and beneficiary. Pursuant to this commitment, the Company will have the right, exercisable at any time through February 5, 2011, to require the Chace trust to purchase up to $8.0 million of trust preferred securities to be issued by a trust subsidiary of the Company. At the time of the purchase of the trust preferred securities, the Company would purchase all of the common securities of its trust subsidiary, in an amount equal to at least 3% of the total capital of the trust subsidiary. The trust subsidiary would in turn use the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred and the common securities to acquire floating rate junior subordinated notes of the Company. Under the terms of the Commitment Letter Agreement, the Chace trust deposited and must maintain at least $9.2 million of cash and/or securities in a control account to secure its obligation to purchase the trust preferred securities at the option of the Company. If and when issued, the trust preferred securities will bear interest at a rate equal to the 3-Month LIBOR plus 7.98%, subject to a maximum annual rate of 14.00%. As consideration for the commitment, the Company paid a $320,000 commitment fee to the Chace trust, representing 4% of the maximum commitment.

F-41

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The trust preferred securities issued by the Company are included in its Tier 1 capital. On March 1, 2005, the FRB issued a final rule that would retain trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital of bank holding companies, but with stricter quantitative limits and clearer standards. Under the rule, after a five-year transition period that would end on March 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities would be limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, net of goodwill. The Company has evaluated the potential impact of such a change on its Tier 1 capital ratio and has concluded that the regulatory capital treatment of the trust preferred securities in the Company’s total capital ratio would be unchanged.

Stock Repurchase Program — The Company has a stock repurchase program authorized by the Company’s Board, which has enabled the Company to proactively manage its capital position. The program, which was initially approved on April 18, 2006, authorized the Company to repurchase up to 245,000 shares of its common stock from time to time through open market or privately negotiated purchases. On November 26, 2007, the Company expanded the stock repurchase program to 345,000 shares and also adopted a written purchase plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company concluded its repurchase program during the 1^st quarter of 2008. Under the program, the Company repurchased 344,800 shares at a total cost of $11.8 million.

(21) Earnings per Share

The following table is a reconciliation of basic EPS and diluted EPS:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
	(dollars in thousands)
Basic EPS Computation:
Numerator:
Net income	$	5,539		$	9,144		$	9,045
Preferred dividend		(892	)		(50	)		—
Preferred stock accretion		(1,405	)		(8	)		—

Net income applicable to common	$	3,242		$	9,086		$	9,045

Denominator:
Weighted average shares outstanding		4,604,308			4,561,396			4,793,055
Basic EPS	$	0.71		$	1.99		$	1.89

Diluted EPS Computation:
Numerator:
Net income applicable to common	$	3,242		$	9,086		$	9,045

Denominator:
Common shares outstanding		4,604,308			4,561,396			4,793,055
Stock options		22,126			64,414			112,147
Stock warrants		—			1,486			—
Contingent shares		—			3,912			13,561
Total shares		4,626,434			4,631,208			4,918,763
Diluted EPS	$	0.70		$	1.96		$	1.84

Weighted average stock options outstanding, not included in the computation of diluted EPS above because they were anti-dilutive totaled 308,765, 258,060 and 36,802 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

F-42

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(22) Supplementary Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

The following summarizes supplementary disclosures of cash flow information:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009		2008		2007
	(In thousands)

Supplementary disclosures:
Cash paid for interest	$	31,667	$	36,738	$	45,503
Cash paid for income taxes		3,429		5,049		4,419
Non-cash transactions:
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes		2,202		484		2,945
Macrolease acquisition		78		656		455
Transfer of loans to OREO		2,083		988		—
Non-credit component of other-than-temporary impairment, net of taxes		1,355		—		—

(23) Regulation and Litigation

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation and examination by the FRB, the Rhode Island Division of Banking and the FDIC, which insures the Bank’s deposits to the maximum extent permitted by law. The federal and state laws and regulations which are applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the scope of their business, their investments, their reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds and the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans. The laws and regulations governing the Bank generally have been promulgated to protect depositors and not for the purpose of protecting shareholders. Bank regulatory authorities have the right to restrict the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies to shareholders.

The Company is involved in routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, final disposition of these lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

F-43

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(24) Parent Company Statements

The following are condensed financial statements for Bancorp Rhode Island, Inc. (the “Parent Company”):

Balance Sheets


	December 31,
	2009			2008
	(In thousands)
Assets
Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	17		$	12
Overnight investments		1,180			31,673
Investment in subsidiaries		132,299			130,672
Prepaid expenses and other assets		725			424

Total assets	$	134,221		$	162,781

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Liabilities:
Subordinated deferrable interest debentures	$	13,403		$	13,403
Other liabilities		157			288

Total liabilities		13,560			13,691

Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock: par value $0.01, authorized 1,000,000 shares, liquidation preference per share $1,000: Issued and outstanding: Issued: (0 and 30,000 shares, respectively)		—			28,595
Common stock: par value $0.01 per share, authorized 11,000,000 shares: Issued: (4,969,444 and 4,926,920 shares, respectively)		50			49
Additional paid-in capital		72,783			73,323
Treasury stock, at cost (364,750 and 352,250 shares, respectively)		(12,309	)		(12,055	)
Retained earnings		59,012			58,763
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net		1,125			415

Total shareholders’ equity		120,661			149,090

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	134,221		$	162,781

F-44

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Statements of Cash Flow


	Year Ended December 31,
	2009			2008			2007
	(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	5,539		$	9,144		$	9,045
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		(747	)		(5,481	)		(8,590	)
Share-based compensation expense		180			380			299
(Increase) decrease in other assets		(250	)		(54	)		61
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities		193			(229	)		489
Other, net		—			—			—

Net cash provided by operating activities		4,915			3,760			1,304


Cash flows from financing activities:
Investment in subsidiaries		(330	)		363			(274	)
Repayment of subordinated deferrable interest debentures		—			—			(5,155	)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants		—			30,000			—
Redemption of preferred stock		(30,000	)		—			—
Repurchase of warrant		(1,400	)		—			—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		515			562			1,367
Tax benefit from stock option exercises		88			189			498
Purchases of treasury stock		(254	)		(1,866	)		(10,189	)
Dividends on preferred stock		(892	)		(50	)		—
Dividends on common stock		(3,130	)		(3,002	)		(2,942	)


Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(35,403	)		26,196			(16,695	)


Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks		(30,488	)		29,956			(15,391	)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		31,685			1,729			17,120


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	1,197		$	31,685		$	1,729


Supplementary disclosures:
Cash received for income taxes	$	(693	)	$	(879	)	$	(1,155	)
Non-cash transactions:
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes		2,202			484			2,945
Macrolease acquisition		78			656			455
Transfer of loans to OREO		2,083			988			—
Non-credit component of other-than-temporary impairment, net of taxes		1,355			—			—

The Parent Company’s Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity are identical to the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and therefore are not presented here.

F-46

BANCORP RHODE ISLAND, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(25) Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)


	2009 Quarter Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income	$	18,560		$	18,792		$	19,000		$	18,925
Interest expense		7,478			7,219			6,334			5,924

Net interest income		11,082			11,573			12,666			13,001
Provision for loan and lease losses		1,610			2,600			1,900			3,807

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses		9,472			8,973			10,766			9,194
Noninterest income		2,357			2,214			2,241			2,353
Noninterest expense		9,623			10,145			9,812			9,949

Income before taxes		2,206			1,042			3,195			1,598
Income taxes		743			302			992			465

Net income		1,463			740			2,203			1,133

Preferred stock dividends		(375	)		(375	)		(142	)		—
Prepayment charges and accretion of preferred stock discount		(61	)		(62	)		(1,282	)		—

Net income applicable to common shares	$	1,027		$	303		$	779		$	1,133


Basic EPS	$	0.22		$	0.07		$	0.17		$	0.25
Diluted EPS	$	0.22		$	0.07		$	0.17		$	0.24


	2008 Quarter Ended
	March 31		June 30		September 30		December 31
	(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income	$	20,532	$	19,981	$	20,137	$	19,648
Interest expense		10,228		8,553		8,216		7,933

Net interest income		10,304		11,428		11,921		11,715
Provision for loan and lease losses		285		970		1,515		1,750

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses		10,019		10,458		10,406		9,965
Noninterest income		2,903		2,492		2,333		2,881
Noninterest expense		9,460		9,612		9,304		9,510

Income before taxes		3,462		3,338		3,435		3,336
Income taxes		1,136		1,097		1,111		1,083

Net income		2,326		2,241		2,324		2,253

Preferred stock dividends		—		—		—		(50	)
Prepayment charges and accretion of preferred stock discount		—		—		—		(8	)

Net income applicable to common shares	$	2,326	$	2,241	$	2,324	$	2,195


Basic EPS	$	0.51	$	0.49	$	0.51	$	0.48
Diluted EPS	$	0.50	$	0.48	$	0.50	$	0.48

F-47


Description	Page Number

Part I

Item 1 — Business		1

Item 1A — Risk Factors		16

Item 1B — Unresolved Staff Comments		23

Item 2 — Properties		24

Item 3 — Legal Proceedings		24

Part II.

Item 5 — Market for the Company’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		25

Item 6 — Selected Consolidated Financial Data		26

Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		28

Item 7A — Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk		52

Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		53

Item 9 — Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		53

Item 9A — Controls and Procedures		54

Item 9B — Other Information		54

Part III

Item 10 — Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		55

Item 11 — Executive Compensation		56

Item 12 — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		56

Item 13 — Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence		56

Item 14 — Principal Accountant Fees and Services		57

Part IV

Item 15 — Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		57

Signatures		60

Exhibit 12.1
Exhibit 12.2
Exhibit 21
Exhibit 23
Exhibit 31.1
Exhibit 31.2
Exhibit 32.1
Exhibit 32.2